WO2024066574A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024066574A1
WO2024066574A1 PCT/CN2023/103795 CN2023103795W WO2024066574A1 WO 2024066574 A1 WO2024066574 A1 WO 2024066574A1 CN 2023103795 W CN2023103795 W CN 2023103795W WO 2024066574 A1 WO2024066574 A1 WO 2024066574A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
system frame
time
duration
information
terminal device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/103795
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
樊亮亮
徐海博
薛丽霞
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024066574A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024066574A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08—Reselecting an access point
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00—Network topologies
    • H04W84/02—Hierarchically pre-organised networks, e.g. paging networks, cellular networks, WLAN [Wireless Local Area Network] or WLL [Wireless Local Loop]
    • H04W84/04—Large scale networks; Deep hierarchical networks
    • H04W84/06—Airborne or Satellite Networks

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technology, and more specifically, to a communication method and a communication device.
  • Satellite networks are a hot topic of research in the world today. Satellite communication technology has become increasingly mature. For example, non-terrestrial networks (NTN) use radio frequency networks on satellites to achieve communication, which can provide a wider coverage area, and satellite base stations are not easily damaged by natural disasters or external forces.
  • NTN non-terrestrial networks
  • NTN network when a terminal device performs a handover (e.g., switching from a source cell to a target cell), the terminal device needs to obtain NTN parameter information, for example, the terminal device needs to obtain the effective time of the ephemeris information. How to enable the terminal device to determine the effective time of the ephemeris information has become an urgent problem to be solved.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a communication method so that a terminal device can determine the effective time of acquired ephemeris information when performing a cell switching.
  • a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the terminal device, without limitation.
  • a component such as a chip or circuit
  • the following description is based on an example of execution by a terminal device.
  • the method includes: a terminal device receives a first message from a network device, the first message includes an identifier of a target cell, first ephemeris information corresponding to the target cell, and first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the frame number of a first system frame corresponding to the target cell; the terminal device obtains the frame number of a second system frame corresponding to the target cell; the terminal device determines a first effective time of the first ephemeris information according to whether the frame number of the first system frame is the same as the frame number of the second system frame.
  • the first ephemeris information and the first indication information can be understood as parameter information included in the NTN parameter information.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives the first message, it can obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, and determine the first effective time of the first ephemeris information included in the NTN parameter information according to whether the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information in the first message is the same as the frame number of the obtained second system frame. That is to say, in the technical solution, the terminal device no longer determines the first effective time of the first ephemeris information only according to the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information included in the NTN parameter information, because the system frame number is 0 to 1023 cyclically numbered.
  • the terminal device when determining the first effective time of the first ephemeris information, the terminal device considers the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell obtained in addition to the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information, which can improve the accuracy of determining the first effective time of the first ephemeris information.
  • the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs, wherein the frame number of the first subframe is indicated by the first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
  • the terminal device when the frame number of the second system frame obtained by the terminal device is the same as the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information, the terminal device considers that the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is the time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs. That is to say, when the frame number of the second system frame obtained by the terminal device is the same as the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information, the terminal device specifies that the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is the current time. The moment determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period, so that the terminal device accurately understands the moment indicated by the first indication information.
  • the terminal device performs cell switching and starts a first timer, the end time of the first timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, the first duration is determined by the information of the first duration included in the first message, wherein the duration between the time of performing the cell switching and the end time of the first timer is a second duration, and when the time of performing the cell switching is earlier than the first effective time, the second duration is the sum of the first duration and the first difference, and when the time of performing the cell switching is later than the first effective time, the second duration is the difference between the first duration and the first difference, wherein the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the time of performing the cell switching and the first effective time.
  • the terminal device when the frame number of the second system frame obtained by the terminal device is the same as the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information, the end time of the timer started by the terminal device and the duration between the time of executing the cell switching and the end time of the timer are clarified, so that the terminal device can accurately know the running time of the timer started during the switching.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device determines that the first system frame is a system frame before the second system frame within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs, and the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs; or, the terminal device determines that the first system frame is a system frame within the first system frame period, the first system frame period is the previous system frame period adjacent to the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs, and the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the first system frame period, wherein the frame number of the first subframe is indicated by the first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
  • the terminal device when the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is a system frame before the second system frame obtained by the terminal device, the terminal device believes that the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs or within the adjacent previous system frame period.
  • the terminal device clarifies that the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the current system frame period or within the adjacent previous system frame period, so that the terminal device accurately understands the time indicated by the first indication information.
  • the method also includes: the terminal device performs cell switching and starts a second timer, the end time of the second timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, the first duration is determined by the information of the first duration included in the first message, wherein the duration between the moment of performing the cell switching and the end time of the second timer is a third duration, the third duration is the difference between the first duration and the first difference, and the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of performing the cell switching and the first effective time.
  • the terminal device can accurately know the running time of the timer started during the switching.
  • the method when the frame number of the first system frame is different from the frame number of the second system frame, the method further includes: the terminal device determines that the first system frame is a system frame after the second system frame within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs; or, the terminal device determines that the first system frame is a system frame within the second system frame period, and the second system frame period is the subsequent system frame period adjacent to the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device performs cell switching, and determines that the time indicated by the first system frame is later than the time of performing the cell switching; the terminal device obtains the system information block of the target cell, the system information block includes second ephemeris information and second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the frame number of the third system frame and the frame number of the second subframe; the terminal device determines that the second effective time of the second ephemeris information is the time determined by the third system frame and the second subframe.
  • the terminal device can obtain the second ephemeris information for use by obtaining the system information block of the target cell, so that the terminal device does not need to wait for the first ephemeris information to take effect before performing the switch, thereby ensuring the timeliness of the terminal device's switching.
  • the terminal device obtains the system information block of the target cell.
  • the method also included: the terminal device determining that the time required to obtain the system information block of the target cell is less than a time threshold; or, the terminal device determining that the time difference between the first effective moment and the moment of executing cell switching is greater than the time required to obtain the system information block of the target cell.
  • the terminal device can determine that the system information block of the target cell can be obtained in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
  • the method also includes: when performing cell switching, the terminal device estimates the third ephemeris information corresponding to the moment of performing the cell switching based on the first ephemeris information, and starts a fourth timer, the timing duration of the fourth timer is the sixth duration starting from the moment of performing the cell switching, wherein the sixth duration is the sum of the first duration and the third difference, the first duration is determined by the information of the first duration included in the first message, and the third difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of performing the cell switching and the moment indicated by the first indication information.
  • the terminal device can accurately know the running time of the timer started during the switching.
  • the method further includes: when performing cell switching, the terminal device estimates third ephemeris information corresponding to the time when the cell switching is performed according to the first ephemeris information, and starts a fourth timer, where the end time of the fourth timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, and the first duration is determined by information of the first duration included in the first message,
  • the duration between the moment of executing the cell switching and the end moment of the fourth timer is the sixth duration
  • the sixth duration is the sum of the first duration and the first difference
  • the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of executing the cell switching and the first effective moment.
  • the terminal device can estimate the available ephemeris information during switching based on future ephemeris information, so that the terminal device does not need to wait for the first ephemeris information to take effect before executing the switch, thereby ensuring the timeliness of the terminal device's switching.
  • the terminal device when the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source cell to the target cell, the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, including: when the terminal device performs the switch, the terminal device performs downlink synchronization with the target cell and obtains the master information block MIB of the target cell, wherein the MIB is used to obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell.
  • the terminal device when the first message also includes information on switching conditions, obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, including: when the terminal device receives the first message, it performs downlink synchronization with the target cell and obtains the master information block MIB of the target cell, and the MIB is used to obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell; or, the terminal device determines the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell, and determines the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell based on the third system frame carrying the first message and the timing difference.
  • the terminal device can obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
  • the terminal device determines the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell, including: the time difference is predefined; or, the terminal device receives information indicating the timing difference from the network device; or, the terminal device measures the signal of the target cell and determines the timing difference based on the measurement result; or, the information on the switching condition indicates a time-based switching condition, and the time-based switching condition includes a first moment, and the system frame of the source cell corresponding to the first moment and the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment are used to determine the timing difference.
  • the terminal device can determine the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
  • the frame number of the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment is carried in the first message; or, the method also includes: the terminal device receives a second message from the network device, and the second message includes the frame number of the system frame number of the target cell corresponding to the first moment.
  • the terminal device can determine the frame number of the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
  • a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the terminal device, without limitation.
  • a component such as a chip or circuit
  • the method includes: a terminal device receives a third message from a network device, the third message includes fourth ephemeris information, third indication information and seventh time duration information, the third indication information is used to indicate the second moment when the fourth ephemeris information takes effect; the terminal device performs cell switching and starts a fifth timer, the end moment of the fifth timer is determined by the second moment and the seventh time duration, wherein the duration between the moment of performing the cell switching and the end moment of the fifth timer is an eighth time duration, and in the case where the moment of performing the cell switching is earlier than the second moment, the eighth time duration is the sum of the seventh time duration and the third difference, and in the case where the moment of performing the cell switching is later than the second moment, the eighth time duration is the difference between the seventh time duration and the third difference, wherein the third difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of performing the cell switching and the second moment.
  • the network device indicates an absolute time as the time when the ephemeris information takes effect through the third indication information, so that the terminal device can accurately determine the time when the ephemeris information takes effect according to the third indication information, and accurately know the running time of the timer turned on during switching.
  • the third indication information is the epoch time information in the NTN parameter information; or, the second moment indicated by the third indication information is the second moment implicitly indicated by the time-based switching condition included in the third message.
  • the network device can indicate an absolute time in different ways, so that the terminal device can accurately determine the time when the ephemeris information takes effect.
  • an absolute time can be indicated by epoch time; for another example, the time when the ephemeris information takes effect can be indirectly indicated by multiplexing the time condition information in the condition switching scenario. This improves the flexibility of the solution.
  • a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a network device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the network device, without limitation.
  • a component such as a chip or circuit
  • the following description is based on an example of execution by a network device.
  • the network device determines a third message, wherein the third message includes fourth ephemeris information, third indication information, and seventh duration information, wherein the third indication information is used to indicate a second time at which the fourth ephemeris information takes effect; and the network device sends the third message to the terminal device, wherein the second time is an absolute time.
  • the third indication information is the epoch time information in the NTN parameter information; or, the second moment indicated by the third indication information is the second moment implicitly indicated by the time-based switching condition included in the third message.
  • a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the terminal device, without limitation.
  • a component such as a chip or circuit
  • the method includes: a terminal device receives a fourth message from a network device, the fourth message includes at least two ephemeris information, at least two time length information and fourth indication information, the fourth indication information is used to indicate the effective time of the first ephemeris information among the multiple ephemeris information; the terminal device uses the fifth ephemeris information when performing cell switching, and the terminal device determines the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information; wherein the fifth ephemeris information is the Nth ephemeris information among the at least two ephemeris information, and the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information is determined by the fourth system frame number and the third subframe number indicated by the fourth indication information and the N-1 time length information corresponding to the N-1 ephemeris information before the fifth ephemeris information.
  • the effective time of the ephemeris information used during the switching can be determined according to the effective time of the first ephemeris information and the effective duration corresponding to the ephemeris information before the ephemeris information used during the switching. In this way, when the terminal device receives multiple ephemeris information, it can accurately know the effective time of each ephemeris information.
  • a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the terminal device, without limitation.
  • a component such as a chip or circuit
  • the method comprises: a terminal device receives a dedicated signaling from a network device to which a serving cell belongs, wherein the dedicated signaling comprises a system information block, wherein the system information block comprises ephemeris information of the serving cell; the terminal device determines that the system information block does not comprise information indicating the time at which the ephemeris information of the serving cell takes effect; and the terminal device schedules a system message window SI of the system information block.
  • the end time of the window is used as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell, wherein the SI window is the SI window where the dedicated signaling is located, or the SI window adjacent to the dedicated signaling.
  • the terminal device can determine the effective time of the ephemeris information according to the end time of the system message window SI window that schedules the system information block.
  • the method when the system information block does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, the method further includes: the terminal device uses the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
  • a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the terminal device, without limitation.
  • a component such as a chip or circuit
  • the method includes: a terminal device receives dedicated signaling from a network device to which a service cell belongs, the dedicated signaling includes a system information block, and the system information block includes ephemeris information of the service cell; the terminal device determines that the system information block does not include information indicating the time when the ephemeris information of the service cell takes effect; the terminal device receives first information indicating the time when the ephemeris information of the service cell takes effect from the network device to which the service cell belongs, and the first information is not located in the system information block.
  • the network device when the network device does not indicate the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell, the network device can indicate the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell by carrying information indicating the effective time in the system information block other than the information, so that the terminal device can determine the effective time of the ephemeris information.
  • the method when the system information block does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, the method also includes: the terminal device uses the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
  • a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the terminal device, without limitation.
  • a component such as a chip or circuit
  • the method includes: a terminal device receives a fifth message from a network device to which a service cell belongs, the fifth message including ephemeris information of the service cell and fifth indication information, the fifth indication information is used to indicate the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell, the fifth message includes ephemeris information of a neighboring cell, and does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell; the terminal device uses the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
  • the terminal device uses the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, so that the terminal device can determine the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
  • the fifth indication information is used to indicate the frame number of the sixth system frame
  • the method also includes: the terminal device determines that the sixth system frame is the seventh system frame; or, the terminal device determines that the sixth system frame is a system frame before the seventh system frame within the system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs; or, the terminal device determines that the sixth system frame is a system frame after the seventh system frame within the system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs; or, the terminal device determines that the sixth system frame is a system frame within a fourth system frame period, wherein the fourth system frame period is a system frame period adjacent to the system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs.
  • a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the terminal device, without limitation.
  • a component such as a chip or circuit
  • the method includes: a terminal device receives a system information block from a network device to which a service cell belongs, the system information block including the ephemeris information of the service cell and the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, but does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell and the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell; the terminal device schedules the end time of a system message window SI window of the system information block as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell and the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
  • the terminal device when the network device does not indicate the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell and the ephemeris information of the serving cell, the terminal device will schedule the end time of the system message window SI window of the system information block as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell and the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, so that the terminal device can determine the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell and the ephemeris information of the serving cell.
  • a communication device is provided, wherein the device is used to execute the method provided in the first aspect.
  • the apparatus comprises: a receiving unit, configured to receive a first message from a network device, wherein the first message comprises an identifier of a target cell, first ephemeris information corresponding to the target cell, and first indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate a frame number of a first system frame; a processing unit, configured to obtain a frame number of a second system frame corresponding to the target cell;
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine a first valid time of the first ephemeris information according to whether a frame number of the first system frame is the same as a frame number of the second system frame.
  • the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs, wherein the frame number of the first subframe is indicated by the first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
  • the processing unit is further used to perform cell switching and start a first timer, the end time of the first timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, the first duration is determined by the information of the first duration included in the first message, wherein the duration between the time of performing the cell switching and the end time of the first timer is the second duration,
  • the second duration is the sum of the first duration and the first difference
  • the second duration is the difference between the first duration and the first difference.
  • the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the time of executing the cell switching and the first effective time.
  • the processing unit when the frame number of the first system frame is different from the frame number of the second system frame, the processing unit is further used to determine that the first system frame is a system frame before the second system frame within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs, and the first effective moment of the first ephemeris information is a moment determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs; or,
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine that the first system frame is a system frame within a first system frame period, the first system frame period is a previous system frame period adjacent to a system frame period to which the second system frame belongs, and the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and a first subframe within the first system frame period,
  • the frame number of the first subframe is indicated by the first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
  • the processing unit is also used to execute cell switching and start a second timer, the end time of the second timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, the first duration is determined by the information of the first duration included in the first message, wherein the duration between the moment of executing the cell switching and the end time of the second timer is a third duration, the third duration is the difference between the first duration and the first difference, and the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of executing the cell switching and the first effective time.
  • the processing unit when the frame number of the first system frame is different from the frame number of the second system frame, the processing unit is further used to determine that the first system frame is a system frame after the second system frame within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs; or, the processing unit is further used to determine that the first system frame is a system frame within the second system frame period, and the second system frame period is the subsequent system frame period adjacent to the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
  • the processing unit is also used to perform cell switching, and determine that the moment indicated by the first system frame is later than the moment of performing cell switching; the processing unit is also used to obtain the system information block of the target cell, the system information block including second ephemeris information and second indication information, the second indication information being used to indicate the frame number of the third system frame and the frame number of the second subframe; the terminal device determines that the second effective moment of the second ephemeris information is the moment determined by the third system frame and the second subframe.
  • the processing unit before the terminal device obtains the system information block of the target cell, the processing unit is also used to determine that the time required to obtain the system information block of the target cell is less than a time threshold; or, the processing unit is also used to determine that the time difference between the first effective moment and the moment of executing cell switching is greater than the time required to obtain the system information block of the target cell.
  • the processing unit is further configured to perform cell switching and initiate a third timer, the end time of the third timer is determined by the second effective time and a fourth duration, the fourth duration is determined by information of the fourth duration included in the system information block, wherein the duration between the time of performing the cell switching and the end time of the third timer is a fifth duration,
  • the fifth duration is the sum of the fourth duration and the second difference
  • the fifth duration is the difference between the fourth duration and the second difference.
  • the second difference is the absolute value of the difference between the time of executing the cell switching and the second effective time.
  • the processing unit is further configured to estimate, when performing cell switching, third ephemeris information corresponding to the moment of performing cell switching according to the first ephemeris information, and start a fourth timer, where the end time of the fourth timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, and the first duration is determined by information of the first duration included in the first message,
  • the duration between the moment of executing the cell switching and the end moment of the fourth timer is the sixth duration
  • the sixth duration is the sum of the first duration and the first difference
  • the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of executing the cell switching and the first effective moment.
  • the processing unit when the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source cell to the target cell, the processing unit obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, including: when performing the switch, the processing unit performs downlink synchronization with the target cell and obtains the master information block MIB of the target cell, wherein the MIB is used to obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell.
  • the processing unit when the first message also includes information on switching conditions, obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, including: when the processing unit receives the first message, it performs downlink synchronization with the target cell and obtains the master information block MIB of the target cell, and the MIB is used to obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell; or, the processing unit determines the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell, and determines the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell based on the third system frame carrying the first message and the timing difference.
  • the processing unit determines the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell, including: the time difference is predefined; or, the receiving unit receives information indicating the timing difference from the network device; or, the processing unit measures the signal of the target cell and determines the timing difference based on the measurement result; or, the information on the switching condition indicates a time-based switching condition, and the time-based switching condition includes a first moment, and the system frame of the source cell corresponding to the first moment and the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment are used to determine the timing difference.
  • the frame number of the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment is carried in the first message; or, the receiving unit is also used to receive a second message from the network device, and the second message includes the frame number of the system frame number of the target cell corresponding to the first moment.
  • the beneficial effects of the method shown in the above ninth aspect and its possible design can refer to the beneficial effects in the first aspect and its possible design.
  • a communication device is provided, wherein the device is used to execute the method provided in the second aspect.
  • the device includes: a receiving unit, used for receiving a third message from a network device, wherein the third message includes fourth ephemeris information, third indication information and information of a seventh duration, wherein the third indication information is used for indicating a second moment when the fourth ephemeris information takes effect; a processing unit, used for executing a cell switch and starting a fifth timer, wherein the end moment of the fifth timer is determined by the second moment and the seventh duration, wherein the duration between the moment of executing the cell switch and the end moment of the fifth timer is an eighth duration, and in a case where the moment of executing the cell switch is earlier than the second moment, the eighth duration is the sum of the seventh duration and the third difference, and in a case where the moment of executing the cell switch is later than the second moment, the eighth duration is the difference between the seventh duration and the third difference, wherein the third difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of executing the cell switch and the second moment.
  • a receiving unit used for receiving a
  • the third indication information is the epoch time information in the NTN parameter information; or, the second moment indicated by the third indication information is the second moment implicitly indicated by the time-based switching condition included in the third message.
  • beneficial effects of the method shown in the above tenth aspect and its possible design can refer to the beneficial effects in the second aspect and its possible design.
  • a communication device is provided, wherein the device is used to execute the method provided in the third aspect.
  • the device includes: a processing unit, which is used to determine a third message, wherein the third message includes fourth ephemeris information, third indication information and seventh time length information, the third indication information is used to indicate the second time when the fourth ephemeris information takes effect; and a sending unit is used to send the third message to the terminal device.
  • the second time is an absolute time.
  • the third indication information is the epoch time information in the NTN parameter information; or, the second moment indicated by the third indication information is the second moment implicitly indicated by the time-based switching condition included in the third message.
  • a communication device is provided, which is used to execute the method provided in the fourth aspect.
  • the device includes: a receiving unit, used for receiving a fourth message from a network device, wherein the fourth message includes at least two ephemeris information, at least two duration information and fourth indication information, wherein the fourth indication information is used for indicating the effective time of the first ephemeris information among the multiple ephemeris information; a processing unit, used for using the fifth ephemeris information when performing cell switching, and the processing unit is also used for determining the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information; wherein the fifth ephemeris information is the Nth ephemeris information among the at least two ephemeris information, and the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information is determined by the fourth system frame number and the third subframe number indicated by the fourth indication information and the N-1 duration information corresponding to the N-1 ephemeris information before the fifth ephemeris information.
  • a receiving unit used for receiving a fourth message from a network device, wherein the fourth message includes
  • beneficial effects of the method shown in the above twelfth aspect and its possible design can refer to the beneficial effects in the fourth aspect and its possible design.
  • a communication device is provided, which is used to execute the method provided in the fifth aspect.
  • the device includes: a receiving unit, used for receiving dedicated signaling from a network device to which a service cell belongs, wherein the dedicated signaling includes a system information block, and the system information block includes the ephemeris information of the service cell; a processing unit, used for determining that the system information block does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell; the processing unit is also used for taking the end time of a system message window SI window for scheduling the system information block as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell, wherein the SI window is the SI window where the dedicated signaling is located, or is an SI window adjacent to the dedicated signaling.
  • the processing unit when the system information block does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, the processing unit is also used to use the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
  • the beneficial effects of the method shown in the above thirteenth aspect and its possible design can refer to the beneficial effects in the fifth aspect and its possible design.
  • a communication device is provided, which is used to execute the method provided in the sixth aspect.
  • the device includes: a receiving unit, used to receive dedicated signaling from a network device to which a serving cell belongs, wherein the dedicated signaling includes a system information block, and the system information block includes the ephemeris information of the serving cell; a processing unit, used to determine that the system information block does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell; the receiving unit is also used to receive first information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell from the network device to which the serving cell belongs, and the first information is not located in the system information block.
  • the processing unit when the system information block does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, the processing unit is also used to use the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
  • beneficial effects of the method shown in the above fourteenth aspect and its possible design can refer to the beneficial effects in the sixth aspect and its possible design.
  • a communication device is provided, which is used to execute the method provided in the seventh aspect.
  • the device includes: a receiving unit, used to receive a fifth message from a network device to which a serving cell belongs, the fifth message including the ephemeris information of the serving cell and fifth indication information, the fifth indication information being used to indicate the time at which the ephemeris information of the serving cell takes effect, the fifth message including the ephemeris information of a neighboring cell, and not including information indicating the time at which the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell takes effect; and a processing unit, used to use the time at which the ephemeris information of the serving cell takes effect as the time at which the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell takes effect.
  • the fifth indication information is used to indicate the frame number of the sixth system frame, and the processing unit is further used to determine that the sixth system frame is the seventh system frame; or, the processing unit is further used to determine that the sixth system frame is a system frame before the seventh system frame within the system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs; or, the processing unit is further used to determine that the sixth system frame is a system frame after the seventh system frame within the system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs; or Alternatively, the processing unit is further configured to determine that the sixth system frame is a system frame within a fourth system frame period, wherein the fourth system frame period is a system frame period adjacent to a system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs.
  • the beneficial effects of the method shown in the above fifteenth aspect and its possible design can refer to the beneficial effects in the seventh aspect and its possible design.
  • a communication device is provided, which is used to execute the method provided in the eighth aspect.
  • the device comprises: a receiving unit, used for receiving a system information block from a network device to which a service cell belongs, wherein the system information block includes the ephemeris information of the service cell and the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, but does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell and the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell; and a processing unit, used for taking the end time of the system message window SI window for scheduling the system information block as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell and the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
  • beneficial effects of the method shown in the above sixteenth aspect and its possible design can refer to the beneficial effects in the eighth aspect and its possible design.
  • a communication device which is used to execute the method provided in the first to eighth aspects.
  • the communication device may include units and/or modules, such as a processing unit and an acquisition unit, for executing the method provided in any one of the implementation modes of the first to eighth aspects.
  • the transceiver unit may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface; the processing unit may be at least one processor.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip, chip system or circuit;
  • the processing unit may be at least one processor, processing circuit or logic circuit.
  • the present application provides a processor for executing the methods provided in the above aspects.
  • the process of sending the above information and obtaining/receiving the above information in the above methods can be understood as the process of the processor outputting the above information and the process of the processor receiving the input above information.
  • the processor When outputting the above information, the processor outputs the above information to the transceiver so that it can be transmitted by the transceiver. After being output by the processor, the above information may also need to be processed otherwise before reaching the transceiver.
  • the transceiver obtains/receives the above information and inputs it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the above information, the above information may need to be processed otherwise before being input into the processor.
  • the receiving request message mentioned in the above method can be understood as the processor receiving input information.
  • the processor may be a processor specifically used to execute these methods, or may be a processor that executes computer instructions in a memory to execute these methods, such as a general-purpose processor.
  • the memory may be a non-transitory memory, such as a read-only memory (ROM), which may be integrated with the processor on the same chip or may be separately arranged on different chips.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • a computer-readable storage medium which stores a program code for execution by a device, wherein the program code includes a method for executing any one of the methods provided in the first to eighth aspects above.
  • a computer program product comprising instructions is provided.
  • the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is enabled to execute any one of the methods provided in the first to eighth aspects above.
  • a chip which includes a processor and a communication interface, and the processor reads instructions stored in a memory through the communication interface to execute any one of the methods provided in the first to eighth aspects above.
  • the chip may also include a memory, in which instructions are stored, and the processor is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory.
  • the processor is used to execute any one of the methods provided in the first to eighth aspects above.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an architecture of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a handover process of a terrestrial cellular network.
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram showing epoch time indicating SFN and subframe.
  • FIG5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 are schematic diagrams of the first duration and the second duration provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 are schematic diagrams of the first duration and the third duration provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of an SI window for scheduling SIB19 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG13 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another communication device 20 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a chip system 30 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Advanced Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • next generation communication system e.g., fifth-generation (5G) communication system
  • eMBB enhanced Mobile Broadband
  • URLLC ultra-reliable low-latency communication
  • eMTC enhanced Machine Type Communication
  • the technical solution provided in the present application can also be applied to machine type communication (MTC), long term evolution-machine (LTE-M), device-to-device (D2D) network, machine-to-machine (M2M) network, Internet of Things (IoT) network or other networks.
  • IoT network can include vehicle networking, for example.
  • vehicle to X, V2X, X can represent anything
  • the V2X can include: vehicle to vehicle (V2V) communication, vehicle to infrastructure (V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian (V2P) communication or vehicle to network (V2N) communication, etc.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a (radio) access network device (radio access network, (R)AN).
  • the (R)AN can manage wireless resources, provide access services for user equipment, and complete the forwarding of user equipment data between the user equipment and the core network.
  • the (R)AN can also be understood as a base station in the network, which is a device deployed in a wireless access network to provide wireless communication functions for mobile stations (mobile stations, MS).
  • the access network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any communication device with wireless transceiver function for communicating with user equipment.
  • the access network equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home evolved NodeB (HeNB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), access point (AP) in wireless fidelity (WiFi) system, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., and can also be 5G, such as gNB in NR system, or transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group of (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in 5G system, or, it can also be a network node constituting a gNB or a transmission point, such as a baseband unit (BBU), or a distributed unit (DU), etc. It is understood that all or part of
  • the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • the CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements the functions of the radio resource control (RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layers.
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implements the functions of the radio link control (RLC), media access control (MAC) and physical (PHY) layers.
  • the AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, RF processing and related functions of active antennas.
  • the information of the RRC layer is generated by the CU, and will eventually be encapsulated by the PHY layer of the DU to become the PHY layer information, or, it is converted from the PHY layer information. Therefore, in this architecture, high-level signaling such as RRC layer signaling can also be considered to be sent by the DU, or, sent by the DU+AAU.
  • the access network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU may be classified as an access network device in an access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU may be classified as an access network device in a core network (CN), and this application does not limit this.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), terminal, access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal in the embodiments of the present application can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in self driving, a wireless terminal in remote medical, a wireless terminal in smart grid, a wireless terminal in transportation safety, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a wireless terminal in a smart home, a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld device with wireless communication function, a computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable
  • wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which are a general term for the intelligent design and development of wearable devices for daily wear using wearable technology, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • Wearable devices are portable devices that are worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories.
  • Wearable devices are not only hardware devices, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, and independent of smartphones to achieve complete or partial functions, such as smart watches or smart glasses, as well as those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be used in conjunction with other devices such as smartphones, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for vital sign monitoring.
  • the communication device used to implement the function of the network device may be a network device, or a network device having some functions of a base station, or a device that can support the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, which can be installed in the network device.
  • the non-terrestrial network NTN network has a wide coverage area and is easier to provide coverage in places with few people, so it is suitable for deployment in areas with few people.
  • the embodiment of the present application is applicable to non-terrestrial network NTN network communications.
  • the NTN network refers to a network or network segment that uses radio frequency on a satellite (or an unmanned aircraft system (UAS) platform). Taking the satellite communication system as an example, the technical solution of the present application is described in detail below.
  • network equipment may include satellites.
  • TR38.821 defines five NTN-based RAN architectures, including:
  • the satellite mainly acts as an L1 relay to regenerate the physical layer signal and does not have other higher protocol layers.
  • Regenerative satellite without ISL with base station processing function (Regenerative satellite without ISL, gNB processed payload), where ISL refers to inter-satellite link.
  • the satellite acts as a base station.
  • the The star serves as an access and backhaul link (integrated access and backhaul, IAB).
  • Terminal device A mobile device that supports the 5G new air interface, typically a mobile phone, pad, etc. It can access the satellite network through the air interface and initiate calls, surf the Internet, and other services.
  • 5G access network equipment mainly provides wireless access services, dispatches wireless resources to access terminals, provides reliable wireless transmission protocols and data encryption protocols, such as base stations.
  • 5G core network user access control, mobility management, session management, user security authentication, billing and other services. It consists of multiple functional units, which can be divided into functional entities of the control plane and the data plane.
  • the access and mobility management unit AMF is responsible for user access management, security authentication, and mobility management.
  • the user plane unit UPF is responsible for managing the transmission of user plane data, traffic statistics and other functions.
  • Ground station responsible for forwarding signaling and business data between satellite access network equipment and 5G core network.
  • 5G New Air Interface The wireless link between the terminal and access network equipment.
  • Xn interface The interface between 5G access network equipment and access network equipment, mainly used for signaling interaction such as switching.
  • NG interface The interface between 5G access network equipment and 5G core network, which mainly interacts with the core network's NAS and other signaling, as well as user business data.
  • FIG2 is a schematic diagram of an architecture of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include at least one network device, such as the satellite device shown in FIG1; the communication system may also include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device shown in FIG1.
  • the network device and the terminal device may communicate via a wireless link.
  • the terminal device or network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and a memory (also called main memory).
  • the operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through a process, such as a Linux operating system, a Unix operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or a Windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as a browser, an address book, a word processing software, and an instant messaging software.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or the network device that can call and execute a program.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (e.g., hard disks, floppy disks or tapes, etc.), optical disks (e.g., compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (DVDs), etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (e.g., erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • the various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable storage medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • FIG2 takes the communication between a network device and a terminal device as an example to simply illustrate a communication scenario to which the present application can be applied, and does not limit other scenarios to which the present application can be applied. It should also be understood that FIG2 is only a simplified schematic diagram for ease of understanding, and the communication system may also include other network devices or other terminal devices, which are not drawn in FIG2.
  • the network device in the wireless communication system can be any device with wireless transceiver function.
  • the device includes but is not limited to: Base Station Controller (BSC), Base Transceiver Station (BTS), etc., and can also be one or a group of antenna panels (including multiple antenna panels) of a base station in a 5G system, or a satellite, etc.
  • BSC Base Station Controller
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • antenna panels including multiple antenna panels
  • FIG. 2 only shows one network device and one terminal device.
  • the communication system is not limited to including more terminal devices.
  • a satellite can cover multiple terminal devices for communication.
  • Each terminal device is also not limited to communicating with one network device. For example, after the satellite moves, the terminal device may need to reselect a satellite for access communication.
  • FIG. 1 and 2 introduce a communication system applicable to the embodiments of the present application.
  • some terms or concepts involved in the embodiments of the present application are first briefly described.
  • NTN network refers to a network or network segment that uses radio frequencies on satellites (or UAS platforms). Satellite communications have the advantages of wide coverage, long communication distance, high reliability, high flexibility, and high throughput. They are not affected by geographical environment, climatic conditions, and natural disasters, and have been widely used in aviation communications, maritime communications, military communications, and other fields. Introducing satellites into 5G can provide communication services for areas that are difficult for ground networks to cover, such as oceans and forests, and can enhance the reliability of 5G communications, such as providing more stable and high-quality communication services for trains, airplanes, and users on these vehicles. It can also provide more data transmission resources and support a greater number of connections. Thanks to the current concept of "any time, any place" communication, the status of satellite communication networks will be further enhanced in the future.
  • Satellite orbits including low earth orbit (LEO), mid earth orbit (MEO) and geostationary orbit (GEO).
  • LEO orbit altitude is 160-2,000 km
  • MEO orbit altitude is 7,000-25,000 km
  • GEO orbit altitude is 35,786 km. The relative position of satellites in this orbit and the earth is not affected by the earth's rotation.
  • Non-Geosynchronous orbit includes low-Earth orbit with an altitude of about 300 km to 1500 km and medium-Earth orbit with an altitude of about 7000 km to 25000 km.
  • NTN parameter information also known as satellite auxiliary information, refers to the information required for terminal equipment to access the communication system through NTN.
  • the NTN parameter information includes satellite ephemeris information and public timing advance (TA) parameter information, etc.
  • the satellite ephemeris information is used to indicate the position of the satellite, including orbital parameters, or parameters such as the satellite position calculated based on the orbital parameters. It can be understood that the satellite ephemeris information can be used to calculate, predict, depict, or track the time, position, speed, and other states of the satellite flight.
  • the epoch time parameter is represented by the system frame number (SFN) and the subframe number (sub Frame).
  • SFN system frame number
  • subframe subframe
  • the SFN value is cyclic from 0 to 1023.
  • a system frame consists of 10 subframes, and a subframe is 1ms. That is, the SFN cycle is performed once every 10.24 seconds.
  • the maximum value of ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration is 240 seconds.
  • the maximum value of ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration can be 900 seconds.
  • NTN parameter information transmission The system message block SIB19 broadcast by the NTN cell contains the NTN parameter information required for the terminal equipment to access the NR through the NTN.
  • the NTN parameter information includes satellite ephemeris information, public timing advance TA parameter information, epoch time parameter information, ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration parameter information, etc.
  • the validity period of the ephemeris information is represented by epoch time and ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration. If the epoch time parameter exists in the SIB19 message, it is represented by SFN and subframe number; if the epoch time parameter of the serving cell does not exist in the SIB19 message, the epoch time is the end time of the system information (SI) window that schedules SIB19.
  • SI system information
  • the terminal device uses the epoch time of the serving cell to indicate the epoch time of the neighboring cell; if the ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration of the neighboring cell is default, the terminal uses the ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration of the serving cell to indicate the ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration of the neighboring cell.
  • the NTN cell can provide the terminal with the system message SIB19 through dedicated signaling.
  • the SIB19 contained in the dedicatedSystemInformationDelivery parameter in the dedicated signaling is the same as the SIB19 information being broadcast by the NTN cell, that is, the SIB19 information being broadcast is copied.
  • the SystemInformation field carries SIB19 information.
  • the handover of terrestrial cellular network is Triggered by RRC signaling, that is, the network device sends the switching command to the terminal device through the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • RRC signaling that is, the network device sends the switching command to the terminal device through the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the switching process of the terrestrial cellular network is briefly introduced in conjunction with Figure 3. As shown in Figure 3, the switching process of the terrestrial cellular network includes the following steps:
  • S310 The source gNB initiates a handover and sends a handover request to the target gNB through the Xn interface.
  • S320 The target gNB performs admission control and provides a new RRC configuration as part of the handover request confirmation.
  • the source gNB provides an RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal.
  • the RRC reconfiguration message includes the following information:
  • the UE sends an RRC Reconfiguration Complete message to the target gNB to complete the RRC switching procedure.
  • the gNB in Figure 3 is a network device in the NR system, and can also be a network device in other systems, or a wireless access network node, which mainly completes the access of the terminal to the wireless network.
  • the RRCReconfiguration message According to the different contents carried by the RRCReconfiguration message, it can be divided into HO and CHO.
  • the UE determines that it is a HO based on the content of RRCReconfiguration, it will immediately switch to the target gNB based on the configuration in RRCReconfiguration.
  • the configuration parameters are contained in RRCReconfiguration->SpCellConfig->ReconfigurationWithSync.
  • the terminal needs some NTN parameter information to access the NTN network, such as satellite ephemeris information. These specific information are included in NTN-Config.
  • the current standard includes NTN-Config in ServingCellConfigCommon, so that the terminal can normally access the target cell.
  • the UE determines that the content of RRCReconfiguration contains the configuration of the CHO candidate cell and the CHO execution conditions, and determines to execute CHO. At this time, the UE will not trigger the handover immediately, continue to maintain the connection with the source gNB, and start to evaluate the CHO execution conditions of the candidate cell; if the candidate cell meets the corresponding CHO execution conditions, the handover to the target cell is completed according to the configuration in RRCReconfiguration.
  • RRCReconfiguration->ConditionalReconfiguration-r16->CondReconfigToAddMod-r16 contains the configuration of the candidate cell and the CHO execution conditions.
  • the RRCReconfiguratio in condRRCReconfig-r16 contains the ReconfigurationWithSync field, which contains the configuration of the CHO candidate cell.
  • the UE can switch to the target cell of the target gNB based on this configuration information.
  • the RRC reconfiguration message contains the ReconfigurationWithSyn field, which contains the NTN parameter information required for the terminal device to access the NTN network, such as the satellite's ephemeris information, epoch time parameter information, ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration parameter information, etc.
  • the terminal device knows the satellite's ephemeris information and can access the target base station.
  • the epoch time field is based on the timing of the target cell, that is, the SFN and subframe number indicated in this field refer to the SFN and subframe of the target cell, and the epoch time field must exist.
  • CHO triggering conditions Currently, the NTN network defines time-based CHO triggering conditions and location-based CHO triggering conditions.
  • Time-based CHO trigger condition The time is defined by T1 and T2, where T1 is the absolute time value and T2 is the duration starting from T1.
  • the terminal device obtains its current time. If it is within the time range of T1 and T1+T2, it is considered to meet the time-based trigger condition.
  • Location-based trigger conditions Location is defined as the distance between the terminal device and the reference point.
  • the network device configures the location-based CHO trigger conditions for the terminal device, including reference location 1 (referenceLocation1), reference location 2 (referenceLocation2), distance threshold 1 (distanceThresFromReference1), distance threshold 2 (distanceThresFromReference2) and hysteresis.
  • referenceLocation1 is associated with the serving cell
  • referenceLocation2 is associated with the candidate target cell.
  • the terminal device When the difference between the distance and hysteresis between the terminal device and the serving cell is greater than distanceThresFromReference1 and the sum of the distance and hysteresis between the terminal device and the candidate target cell is less than distanceThresFromReference2, the terminal device considers that the distance-based trigger conditions are met.
  • the time-based CHO trigger condition and the measurement-based trigger condition CondEvent A3/A4/A5 are configured together for the terminal device. When both conditions are met at the same time, the terminal device performs a handover to the target cell.
  • the location-based CHO trigger condition and the measurement-based trigger condition CondEvent A3/A4/A5 are configured together for the terminal. When both conditions are met at the same time, the terminal device performs a handover to the target cell.
  • Conditional event A3 The measurement result of the conditional reconfiguration candidate target cell is better than the measurement result of the serving cell by an offset value
  • Conditional event A4 The measurement result of the conditional reconfiguration candidate target cell is better than the threshold
  • Conditional event A5 the measurement result of the serving cell is worse than threshold 1; and the measurement result of the conditional reconfiguration candidate target cell is better than threshold 2.
  • NTN parameter information (such as epoch time parameter information, ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration parameter information, public timing advance parameter information, etc.) needs to be considered.
  • the T430 timer is started from the subframe indicated by the epoch time in reconfigurationWithSync, and the timer value is set to ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration. (If the epoch time indicates the past time, the time of the T430 timer ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration should be subtracted from the elapsed time).
  • the epoch time parameter is represented by SFN and subframe number, and the SFN value is cyclic from 0 to 1023, one frame is composed of 10 subframes, and one subframe is 1ms. That is, the SFN cycle is performed once in 10.24 seconds.
  • the terminal device starts the T430 timer from the SFN and subframe indicated by the epoch time in reconfigurationWithSync.
  • the terminal device may not be able to determine which SFN cycle the SFN and subframe indicated by the epoch time belong to, as shown in Figure 4, which is a schematic diagram of the SFN and subframe indicated by the epoch time.
  • the present application provides a communication method so that the terminal device can determine the location of the SFN and subframe.
  • the embodiments shown below do not particularly limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or the network device that can call and execute the program.
  • used for indication may include being used for direct indication and being used for indirect indication.
  • indication information When describing that a certain indication information is used for indicating A, it may include that the indication information directly indicates A or indirectly indicates A, but it does not mean that A must be included in the indication information.
  • the information indicated by the indication information is called the information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated can be sent as a whole, or divided into multiple sub-information and sent separately, and the sending period and/or sending time of these sub-information can be the same or different.
  • the specific sending method is not limited in this application. Among them, the sending period and/or sending time of these sub-information can be pre-defined, for example, pre-defined according to the protocol, or can be configured by the transmitting device by sending configuration information to the receiving device.
  • the "storage” involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to storage in one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories may be separately set or integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • the one or more memories may also be partially separately set and partially integrated in a decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • the type of memory may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited by the present application.
  • the “protocol” involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include an LTE protocol, an NR protocol, and related protocols used in future communication systems, which is not limited in the present application.
  • duration #A is the sum of duration #B and difference #A
  • value of difference #A is the absolute value of the difference between moment #A and moment #B
  • duration #A is the difference between duration #B and difference #A
  • duration #A is the sum of duration #B and difference #A
  • FIG5 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application, comprising the following steps:
  • the terminal device receives a first message from the network device, or the network device sends a first message to the terminal device.
  • the first message includes the identifier of the target cell, first ephemeris information and first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the frame number of the first system frame.
  • the first ephemeris information and the first indication information can be understood as part of the NTN parameter information mentioned above.
  • the first message includes other NTN parameter information, such as first common timing advance parameter information and the like.
  • the identifier of the target cell is information used to identify the target cell, including but not limited to the ID of the target cell, the physical cell ID of the target cell, the address information of the target cell, or the type information of the target cell.
  • the terminal device can derive the position and velocity information of the satellite through the first ephemeris information.
  • the first ephemeris information is used to indicate the satellite ephemeris, describing the position and movement speed of the satellite, and can be represented by the format of the position and velocity state vector or the format of the orbital parameters, wherein the parameters such as the satellite position calculated based on the orbital parameters, it can be understood that the ephemeris information of the satellite can be used to calculate, predict, depict, or track the time, position, speed and other states of the satellite flight.
  • the specific embodiment of the ephemeris information is not limited, and the introduction of the ephemeris information in the current related technology can be referred to, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first indication information may be information indicating the effective start time of the first ephemeris information, for example, the epoch time mentioned above.
  • the first indication information realizes the function of indicating the effective start time of the first ephemeris information by indicating the frame number of the first system frame.
  • the first indication information may also be used to indicate the frame number of the first subframe, thereby more accurately indicating the effective start time of the first ephemeris information.
  • the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, and the method flow shown in FIG5 further includes:
  • the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell.
  • the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell involved in this embodiment can be understood as: the terminal device receives the first message and immediately obtains the frame number of the system frame corresponding to the target cell; or, it can also be understood as: the terminal device obtains the frame number of the system frame corresponding to the target cell within a preset time period after receiving the first message, wherein the preset time period can be predefined or negotiated between the terminal device and the network device; or, it can also be understood as: the terminal device reads the main message block MIB of the target cell for the first time after receiving the first message to obtain the frame number of the system frame corresponding to the target cell.
  • this embodiment does not limit the specific implementation method for the terminal device to obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell.
  • the first message is a message sent by the network device to the terminal device in the switching scenario shown above to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source cell to the target cell.
  • the first message is an RRC reconfiguration message (RRC message); for another example, the first message is a MAC CE message.
  • RRC message RRC reconfiguration message
  • MAC CE message MAC CE
  • the specific form of the first message is not limited, and any message that can be used to trigger the terminal device to perform cell switching is within the protection scope of this application.
  • the identifier of the target cell included in the first message received by the terminal device identifies the cell to which the network device instructs the terminal device to switch.
  • the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, including:
  • the terminal device When performing a handover, the terminal device performs downlink synchronization with the target cell and obtains the master information block MIB of the target cell, wherein the MIB is used to obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell.
  • the frame number of the system frame is represented by 10 bits
  • the MIB of the cell includes the 6 most significant bits (MSB) of the 10 bits, and the 4 least significant bits of the 10 bits are transmitted in the PBCH transmission block as part of the channel coding (i.e., outside the MIB coding).
  • the terminal device can obtain the frame number of the system frame of the cell, so in this implementation mode, the terminal device can obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell by obtaining the MIB of the target cell.
  • the terminal device can start to perform cell switching when it receives the first message, so in a switching scenario, the moment when the terminal device performs cell switching and the moment when the first message is received can be equivalent. That is to say, the description related to the moment when the terminal device performs cell switching in the following can be replaced by the moment when the terminal device receives the first message, or replaced by the moment when the second system frame indication of the target cell is obtained in the switching scenario.
  • the first message is a message sent by the network device to the terminal device in the conditional switching scenario shown above, and the first message also includes information on the switching condition.
  • the first message is a conditional switching message, including but not limited to: RRC reconfiguration message (RRC message), MAC CE message, etc.
  • RRC message RRC reconfiguration message
  • MAC CE message MAC CE message
  • the specific form of the first message is not limited in this implementation, and any message containing the above information (such as the identification of the target cell, the first ephemeris information, the first indication signal and the switching condition information) is within the protection scope of this application.
  • the identifier of the target cell included in the first message received by the terminal device may be an identifier of a candidate cell (or an identifier of a candidate target cell).
  • the above-mentioned target cell may also be referred to as a candidate target cell.
  • the first message may include multiple NTN parameter information corresponding to multiple candidate target cells.
  • this embodiment is described by taking the first message including NTN parameter information corresponding to a candidate target cell as an example.
  • the candidate target cell and the target cell are no longer described repeatedly in this embodiment, that is, the target cell involved in the following description in this embodiment can be replaced with the candidate target cell.
  • the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, including:
  • the terminal device When receiving the first message, the terminal device performs downlink synchronization with the target cell and obtains the master information block MIB of the target cell.
  • the MIB is used to obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell.
  • the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, including:
  • the terminal device first determines the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell, and determines the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell according to the third system frame carrying the first message and the timing difference. For example, after the terminal device receives the first message and determines the third system frame carrying the first message, the sum of the third system frame and the timing difference is used as the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell.
  • the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell is a predefined value.
  • the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell is configured by a network device, for example, the network device sends information indicating the timing difference to the terminal device, and the terminal device determines the timing difference based on the information.
  • the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell is determined by the terminal device according to a measurement result.
  • the terminal device measures the signals of the source cell and the target cell, and determines the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell according to the transmission delay difference of the signals from the source cell and the target cell.
  • the first message is a message carrying a time-based CHO trigger condition, that is, the above-mentioned switching condition information indicates a time-based switching condition, and the time-based switching condition includes a first moment, and the terminal device determines the timing difference based on the system frame and/or subframe of the source cell corresponding to the first moment and the system frame and/or subframe of the target cell corresponding to the first moment.
  • the terminal device can determine the system frame and/or subframe of the source cell corresponding to the first moment (e.g., the terminal device determines the system frame of the source cell corresponding to the first moment based on the information received in the source cell at the first moment).
  • the frame number and/or subframe of the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment can be carried in the first message, so that the terminal device can determine the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment based on the frame number of the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment in the first message; or, the network device can notify the frame number and/or subframe of the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment through a second message.
  • the terminal device will not perform switching immediately after receiving the first message, but needs to determine the switching conditions. That is to say, in the conditional switching scenario, the moment when the terminal device receives the first message and the moment when the cell switching is performed are not equivalent and cannot be replaced. In addition, in the conditional switching scenario, the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame of the target cell when receiving the first message. Therefore, in the conditional switching scenario, the moment when the cell switching is performed is different from the moment indicated by the second system frame of the target cell. Moment, description cannot be replaced.
  • the first effective time of the first ephemeris information can be determined according to whether the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell and the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information carried in the first message are the same.
  • the method shown in FIG5 also includes:
  • the terminal device determines the first effective time of the first ephemeris information.
  • the terminal device can determine the first valid time of the first ephemeris information according to whether the frame number of the first system frame and the frame number of the second system frame are the same.
  • the frame number of the first system frame is the same as the frame number of the second system frame.
  • the first effective moment determined by the terminal device is the moment indicated by the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
  • the start moment of the downlink subframe indicated by the first system frame and the first subframe is the first effective moment
  • the moment determined by the first system frame and the first subframe refers to the start moment of the downlink subframe indicated by the first system frame and the first subframe.
  • the first system frame and the first subframe are indicated by first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
  • the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is 24, and the frame number of the current second system frame of the target cell obtained by the terminal device is also 24, then the terminal device believes that the first system frame with the frame number 24 indicated by the first indication information is the current second system frame.
  • system frame period to which the second system frame involved in this embodiment belongs can be understood as: since the frame number of the system frame is a cycle from 0 to 1023, the frame number value of any system frame is one of 0-1023.
  • the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs in this embodiment represents a cycle of 0-1023 in which the frame number of the second system frame is located.
  • the frame numbers of the system frames are cyclically numbered from 0-1023, including 4 cycles, and the frame number of the second system frame is 100, and it is 100 in the second 0-1023 cycle, then the system frame period to which the above-mentioned second system frame belongs can be understood as the second 0-1023 cycle.
  • a first timer (e.g., a T430 timer) is started, and the end time of the first timer is determined by the first effective time (i.e., the time determined by the first system frame and the first subframe in the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs) and the first duration, such as the end time of the first timer is the time after the first duration from the first effective time.
  • the first duration is indicated by the information of the first duration carried in the first message.
  • the first message includes ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration, which is used to indicate the first duration.
  • the actual start time of the first timer in this embodiment is the time when the terminal device performs cell switching, rather than the first effective time. That is to say, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer is not necessarily the first duration. In order to distinguish, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer in this implementation is called the second duration.
  • the second duration is the sum of the first duration and the first difference.
  • the second duration is the difference between the first duration and the first difference.
  • the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the time when the cell switching is executed and the first effective time.
  • the first effective moment of the first timer is a moment before the terminal device executes the cell switching, so the second duration is the first duration minus the interval between the first effective moment and the cell switching execution moment.
  • the epoch time indicates the past time.
  • the first duration is indicated by ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration.
  • the second duration between the start time and the end time of the T430 timer should be ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration minus the elapsed time.
  • the first effective moment of the first timer is a moment after the terminal device executes the cell switching, so the second duration is the first duration plus the interval between the first effective moment and the cell switching execution moment.
  • the epoch time indicates the future time.
  • the first duration is indicated by ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration
  • the second duration between the start time and the end time of the T430 timer should be ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration plus the future time.
  • first message is a message sent in a switching scenario to trigger the first terminal device to perform a cell switch
  • the moment when the first terminal device performs the cell switch is basically the same as the moment indicated by the second system frame of the target cell obtained by the first terminal device (for example, the first subframe number is also the same as the subframe number #1 in the second system frame obtained by the first terminal device)
  • the relationship between the first duration and the second duration is as shown in (c) in Figure 6, that is, the effective moment of the first timer is the moment when the terminal device performs the cell switch. time.
  • the frame number of the first system frame is different from the frame number of the second system frame, and the first system frame is a system frame before the second system frame within a system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
  • the first effective time determined by the terminal device is a time determined by the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
  • the first system frame and the first subframe are indicated by first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
  • the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is 20, and the terminal device obtains the frame number of the current second system frame of the target cell as 24. The terminal device then considers that the first system frame with the frame number 20 indicated by the first indication information is the system frame 40ms before the second system frame.
  • the frame number of the first system frame is different from the frame number of the second system frame, and the first system frame is a system frame within a first system frame period, and the first system frame period is the previous system frame period adjacent to the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
  • the first effective moment determined by the terminal device is the moment determined by the first system frame and the first subframe within the first system frame period.
  • the first system frame and the first subframe are indicated by first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
  • the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is 25, and the terminal device obtains the frame number of the current second system frame of the target cell as 24. The terminal device then considers that the first system frame with the frame number 25 indicated by the first indication information is the system frame 10230ms before the second system frame.
  • the second timer (such as T430 timer) is started, and the end time of the second timer is determined by the first effective time (i.e., the time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe in the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs) and the first duration, such as the end time of the first timer is the time after the first duration from the first effective time.
  • the first duration is indicated by the information of the first duration carried in the first message.
  • the first message includes ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration, which is used to indicate the first duration.
  • the actual start time of the first timer in this embodiment is the time when the terminal device performs cell switching, rather than the first effective time. That is to say, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer is not necessarily the first duration. In order to distinguish, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer in this implementation is called the third duration.
  • the third duration is the difference between the first duration and the first difference value
  • the first difference value is the absolute value of the difference between the time when the cell switching is performed and the first effective time.
  • the first effective moment of the second timer is a moment before the terminal device performs cell switching, and the first system frame and the second system frame are in the same system frame period.
  • the first duration is the first duration starting from the first effective moment
  • the third duration is the first duration minus the interval between the first effective moment and the moment of executing cell switching. It can be understood that the epoch time indicates the past time.
  • the first duration is indicated by ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration.
  • the second duration between the start time and the end time of the T430 timer should be ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration minus the elapsed time.
  • the first effective moment of the second timer is a moment before the terminal device performs cell switching, and the first system frame is located in the previous period of the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
  • the first duration is the first duration starting from the first effective moment
  • the third duration is the first duration minus the interval between the first effective moment and the moment of executing cell switching. It can be understood that the epoch time indicates the past time.
  • the first duration is indicated by ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration.
  • the second duration between the start time and the end time of the T430 timer should be ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration minus the elapsed time.
  • the frame number of the first system frame is different from the frame number of the second system frame, and the first system frame is The system frame after the second system frame within the system frame period to which the system frame belongs; or, the first system frame is a system frame within the second system frame period, and the second system frame period is a subsequent system frame period adjacent to the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
  • the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is 20, and the terminal device obtains the frame number of the current second system frame of the target cell as 24. The terminal device then considers that the first system frame with the frame number 20 indicated by the first indication information is the system frame after 10200ms of the second system frame.
  • the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is 25, and the terminal device obtains the frame number of the current second system frame of the target cell as 24. The terminal device then considers that the first system frame with the frame number 25 indicated by the first indication information is the system frame 10ms after the second system frame.
  • the terminal device can determine the first effective time of the first ephemeris information in the following ways:
  • Method 1 The terminal device obtains the system information block of the target cell.
  • the system information block may be the SIB19 of the target cell or other information including NTN parameter information, which is not limited in this application.
  • obtaining the SIB19 of the target cell is taken as an example for explanation.
  • the terminal device performs a cell handover, and determines that the time indicated by the first system frame is later than the time of performing the cell handover.
  • the terminal device obtains SIB19 of the target cell, and SIB19 includes second ephemeris information and second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the frame number of the third system frame and the frame number of the second subframe.
  • the terminal device determines that the second effective time of the second ephemeris information is the time determined by the third system frame and the second subframe.
  • the terminal device determines that the first ephemeris information is future ephemeris information, and the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is the time determined by the first system frame and the first subframe indicated by the first indication information.
  • the terminal device can directly read the SIB19 message of the target cell to obtain the second ephemeris information, the second indication information (such as the epoch time parameter), the fourth duration information (such as the ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration parameter), etc.
  • a third timer (e.g., T430 timer) is started, and the end time of the third timer is determined by the second effective time and the fourth duration, such as the end time of the third timer is the moment after the fourth duration from the second effective time.
  • the fourth duration is indicated by the information of the fourth duration carried in the SIB19 message of the target cell.
  • SIB19 includes ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration, which is used to indicate the fourth duration.
  • the actual start time of the third timer in this embodiment is the time when the terminal device performs cell switching, rather than the second effective time. That is to say, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the third timer is not necessarily the fourth duration. In order to distinguish, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer in this implementation is called the fifth duration.
  • the fifth duration is the sum of the fourth duration and the second difference.
  • the second duration is the difference between the first duration and the second difference.
  • the second difference is the absolute value of the difference between the time when the cell switching is executed and the second effective time.
  • the terminal device can determine whether it needs to obtain SIB19 of the target cell in the following manner.
  • the terminal device determines that the duration required to obtain the SIB19 of the target cell is less than a duration threshold, where the duration threshold is predefined or negotiated between the terminal device and the network device or configured by the network device.
  • the terminal device determines that the time difference between the first effective moment and the moment of performing cell switching is greater than the time required to obtain SIB19 of the target cell.
  • the terminal device determines that the time difference between the first effective moment and the moment of executing the cell switching is greater than the duration threshold #1, where the duration threshold #1 is predefined or negotiated between the terminal device and the network device or configured by the network device.
  • the terminal device determines that the time when the second ephemeris information is obtained by reading SIB19 is earlier than the time indicated by the first indication information.
  • Method 2 The terminal device estimates future ephemeris information.
  • the terminal device when performing a cell handover, estimates the third ephemeris information corresponding to the time of performing the cell handover based on the first ephemeris information.
  • the terminal device may estimate the satellite position at the current switching moment based on the satellite trajectory in the future.
  • a fourth timer (e.g., T430 timer) is started, and the end time of the fourth timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, such as the end time of the fourth timer is from the first effective time
  • the first duration is indicated by the information of the first duration carried in the first message.
  • the first message includes ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration, and the ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration is used to indicate the first duration.
  • the actual start time of the fourth timer in this embodiment is the time when the terminal device performs cell switching, rather than the first effective time. That is to say, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the fourth timer is not necessarily the first duration.
  • the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer in this implementation is called the sixth duration, and the sixth duration is the sum of the first duration and the first difference, and the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the time when the cell switching is performed and the first effective time.
  • Method three the terminal device waits until the first effective moment of the first ephemeris information to perform the switch.
  • the terminal starts to perform switching at the first effective time.
  • an eighth timer e.g., T430 timer
  • the end time of the eighth timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, such as the end time of the eighth timer is the time after the first duration from the first effective time.
  • the first duration is indicated by the information of the first duration carried in the first message.
  • the terminal device waits until the first effective time of the first ephemeris information to perform the switching, so the time when the terminal device performs the switching is the first effective time. That is, the time between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the eighth timer is the first time.
  • the terminal device compares the frame number of the current second system frame of the acquired target cell and whether the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information carried in the first message is the same, and considers the first system frame to be the second system frame, or considers the first system frame to be the system frame closest to the second system frame.
  • the terminal device considers the first system frame to be the system frame closest to the second system frame includes:
  • the terminal device considers that the first system frame is the system frame closest to the second system frame within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs; or,
  • the terminal device considers that the first system frame is a system frame in a system frame period adjacent to (the previous or next) the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
  • the terminal device can clarify the time corresponding to the epoch time by comparing the system frame indicated by the epoch time in the first message and the system frame corresponding to the acquired target cell.
  • the present application also provides another communication method, which can achieve the purpose of indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information by indicating the absolute time, which is explained below in conjunction with Figure 8.
  • FIG8 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application, comprising the following steps:
  • the terminal device receives a third message from the network device, or the network device sends a third message to the terminal device.
  • the third message includes fourth ephemeris information, third indication information and information of a seventh duration, and the third indication information is used to indicate the second time when the fourth ephemeris information takes effect.
  • the third message is a message sent by the network device to the terminal device in the switching scenario shown above to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source cell to the target cell.
  • the third message is an RRC reconfiguration message (RRC message); for another example, the third message is a MAC CE message.
  • RRC message RRC reconfiguration message
  • MAC CE message MAC CE
  • the specific form of the third message is not limited, and any message that can be used to trigger the terminal device to perform cell switching is within the protection scope of this application.
  • the third message is a message sent by the network device to the terminal device in the conditional switching scenario shown above, and the third message also includes information on the switching conditions.
  • the third message is a conditional switching message, including but not limited to: RRC reconfiguration message (RRC message), MAC CE message, etc.
  • RRC message RRC reconfiguration message
  • MAC CE message MAC CE message
  • the specific form of the third message is not limited in this implementation, and any message containing the above information (such as the fourth ephemeris information, the third indication information, the seventh time length information and the switching condition information) is within the protection scope of this application.
  • the third indication information in this embodiment can be the epoch time parameter information shown in the previous text.
  • the difference is that the epoch time parameter information is no longer used to indicate the frame number of the system frame and the frame number of the subframe, but is expressed in absolute time, and can be expressed in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
  • UTC Coordinated Universal Time
  • the time is expressed in multiples of 10 milliseconds after 00:00 on January 1, 1900 in the Gregorian calendar (midnight between Sunday, December 31, 1899 and Monday, January 1, 1900), that is, in steps of 10 ms.
  • the second time indicated by the third indication information in this embodiment may be the time included in the third message.
  • the second moment implicitly indicated by the time-based switching condition such as T1 shown above, in this implementation, the third indication information can be understood as multiplexing part of the information in the time-based switching condition.
  • the third message is a conditional switching message
  • the third message contains a time-based conditional switching condition, such as using time parameter information T1 and T2 to represent a time-based conditional switching condition.
  • the third message may also include epoch time parameter information.
  • the terminal device obtains the epoch time parameter information and may not interpret the SFN and subframe number indicated by the epoch time, and considers that the effective start time of the ephemeris information is the T1 moment. That is, the epoch time parameter information in this implementation mode exists in the third message only for the integrity and compatibility of the protocol signaling, or the epoch time parameter information may not be carried in the third message in this implementation mode.
  • the third indication information in this embodiment may be newly added information for indicating the effective start time of the ephemeris information.
  • the terminal device receives the third message and can perform cell switching.
  • the method flow shown in FIG8 also includes:
  • the terminal device performs cell switching.
  • the terminal device performs cell switching and starts a fifth timer (e.g., T430 timer), and the end time of the fifth timer is determined by the second moment and the seventh duration, such as the end time of the fifth timer is the moment after the seventh duration from the second moment.
  • the seventh duration is indicated by the information of the seventh duration carried in the third message.
  • the third message includes ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration, which is used to indicate the seventh duration.
  • the actual start time of the fifth timer in this embodiment is the time when the terminal device performs cell switching, not the second time. That is to say, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the fifth timer is not necessarily the seventh duration. In order to distinguish, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer in this implementation is called the eighth duration.
  • the eighth duration is the difference between the seventh duration and the third difference
  • the eighth duration is the sum of the seventh duration and the third difference
  • the third difference is the absolute value of the time difference between the time when the cell switching is performed and the second time.
  • the present application also provides another communication method, which can indicate the effective time of different ephemeris information, which is explained below in conjunction with Figure 9.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application, comprising the following steps:
  • the terminal device receives a fourth message from the network device, or the network device sends a fourth message to the terminal device.
  • the fourth message includes multiple ephemeris information, multiple duration information and fourth indication information (epoch time), and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the effective time of the first ephemeris information among the multiple ephemeris information.
  • the fourth message is a message sent by the network device to the terminal device in the switching scenario shown above to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source cell to the target cell.
  • the fourth message is an RRC reconfiguration message (RRC message); for another example, the fourth message is a MAC CE message.
  • RRC message RRC reconfiguration message
  • MAC CE message MAC CE
  • the specific form of the fourth message is not limited, and any message that can be used to trigger the terminal device to perform cell switching is within the protection scope of this application.
  • the fourth message is a message sent by the network device to the terminal device in the conditional switching scenario shown above, and the fourth message also includes information on the switching conditions.
  • the fourth message is a conditional switching message, including but not limited to: RRC reconfiguration message (RRC message), MAC CE message, etc.
  • the specific form of the fourth message is not limited in this implementation, and any message containing the above information (such as multiple ephemeris information, multiple time length information and fourth indication information and switching condition information) is within the scope of protection of this application.
  • the number of the plurality of ephemeris information included in the fourth message in this embodiment is the same as the number of the plurality of time-length information included.
  • the end time of the first ephemeris information of two adjacent ephemeris information is the effective time of the second ephemeris information.
  • the fourth message includes ephemeris information #1, ephemeris information #2 and ephemeris information #3 arranged in sequence, then the end time of ephemeris information #1 is the effective time of ephemeris information #2, and the end time of ephemeris information #2 is the effective time of ephemeris information #3.
  • the terminal device receives the fourth message and may perform cell switching.
  • the method flow shown in FIG9 further includes:
  • the terminal device performs cell switching.
  • the terminal device uses the fifth ephemeris information when performing cell switching, and the terminal device determines the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information;
  • the fifth ephemeris information is the Nth ephemeris information among the plurality of ephemeris information, and the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information is indicated by the fourth The fourth system frame number and the third subframe number indicated by the information and the N-1 time lengths corresponding to the N-1 ephemeris information before the fifth ephemeris information are determined.
  • the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information is the time determined by the fourth system frame number indicated by the fourth indication information and the third subframe number.
  • the terminal device performs cell switching and starts a sixth timer (e.g., T430 timer), and the end time of the sixth timer is determined by the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information (i.e., the time determined based on the fourth system frame number and the third subframe number) and the first duration, such as the end time of the sixth timer is the time after the first ephemeris information corresponding duration from the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information.
  • the first ephemeris information corresponding duration is indicated by the duration #1 information carried in the fourth message.
  • the first message includes ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration, which is used to indicate the duration corresponding to the first ephemeris information.
  • the actual start time of the sixth timer in this embodiment is the time when the terminal device performs cell switching, rather than the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information. That is to say, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer is not necessarily the duration #1. In order to distinguish, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer in this implementation is called duration #1'.
  • the duration #1' is the difference between the duration #1 and the fourth difference
  • the duration #1' is the sum of the duration #1 and the fourth difference
  • the fourth difference is the absolute value of the time difference between the time when the cell switching is performed and the time indicated by the fourth indication information.
  • the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information is the time indicated by the fourth indication information and the time determined by the N-1 time lengths corresponding to the N-1 ephemeris information before the fifth ephemeris information.
  • the terminal device performs cell switching and starts the seventh timer (e.g., T430 timer), and the end time of the seventh timer is determined by the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information (i.e., the time determined based on the fourth system frame number and the third subframe number) and N-1 durations, such as the end time of the seventh timer is the time after the N-1 durations corresponding to the N-1 ephemeris information respectively start from the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information.
  • the N-1 durations corresponding to the N-1 ephemeris information are indicated by the information of the N-1 durations carried in the fourth message.
  • the first message includes N-1 ntn-UlSyncValidityDurations, and the N-1 ntn-UlSyncValidityDurations are used to indicate the durations corresponding to the N-1 ephemeris information respectively.
  • the actual start time of the seventh timer in this embodiment is the time when the terminal device performs cell switching, rather than the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information. That is to say, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer is not necessarily the duration #N. In order to distinguish, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer in this implementation is called duration #N'.
  • the duration #N' is the difference between the duration #N and the fifth difference value
  • the duration #N' is the sum of the duration #N and the fifth difference value
  • the fifth difference is the time difference between the time when the cell switching is performed and time #N, and time #N is the time after N-1 time periods respectively corresponding to N-1 ephemeris information after the time indicated by the fourth indication information.
  • the present application also provides another communication method, proposing to send a system information block (such as SIB19 or other information including NTN parameter information) to a terminal device without a public search space through dedicated signaling.
  • a system information block such as SIB19 or other information including NTN parameter information
  • the system information block does not carry the epoch time, how does the terminal device determine the epoch time of the ephemeris information in the system information block?
  • the system information block is SIB19 and is illustrated in conjunction with Figure 10.
  • FIG10 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application, comprising the following steps:
  • the terminal device receives dedicated signaling from the network device to which the serving cell belongs, or the network device to which the serving cell belongs sends dedicated signaling to the terminal device.
  • the dedicated signaling includes SIB19, but SIB19 does not include information indicating the time at which the ephemeris information of the serving cell takes effect.
  • the terminal device determines the time when the ephemeris information of the service cell takes effect.
  • the terminal device uses the end time of the system message window SI window that schedules SIB19 as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell.
  • the SI window is the SI window where the dedicated signaling is located, or the SI window adjacent to the dedicated signaling.
  • Figure 11 illustrates the relationship between the dedicated signaling and the end time of the SI window that schedules SIB19.
  • SI window #1 is the SI window before the dedicated signaling, and the terminal device can use the end time of SI window #1 as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell;
  • SI window #2 is the SI window after the dedicated signaling, and the terminal device can use the end time of SI window #2 as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell.
  • the SI window is considered to be the SI window closest to the dedicated signaling.
  • the terminal device receives first information indicating the validity time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell from the network device to which the serving cell belongs, and the first information is not located in SIB19.
  • the network device when the network device sends a system message SIB19 to the terminal device through dedicated signaling, if there is no epochtime parameter of the service cell in SIB19, the network device sends the epochtime parameter of the service cell to the terminal device (the epochtime parameter indicates the effective start time of the SIB19 ephemeris information), and the epochtime parameter is not located in the dedicatedSystemInformationDelivery field.
  • the terminal device uses the received epochtime parameter as the effective time of the ephemeris of the service cell.
  • the dedicated signaling has an epoch time parameter of the neighboring cell
  • the time indicated by the epoch time parameter of the neighboring cell is used as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell; otherwise, the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell is used as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
  • the present application also provides another communication method, proposing to send the ephemeris information of the service cell and neighboring cell to the terminal device by broadcasting.
  • Another communication method proposing to send the ephemeris information of the service cell and neighboring cell to the terminal device by broadcasting.
  • the terminal device determines the epoch time of the neighboring cell ephemeris information is explained below in conjunction with Figure 12.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application, comprising the following steps:
  • the terminal device receives a fifth message from the network device, or the network device sends a fifth message to the terminal device.
  • the fifth message includes the ephemeris information of the serving cell and fifth indication information (epoch time), wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate the time when the ephemeris information of the serving cell takes effect.
  • the fifth message includes the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, but does not include information indicating the time when the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell takes effect.
  • the terminal device determines the time when the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell takes effect.
  • the terminal device uses the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
  • the fifth indication information is used to indicate the frame number of the sixth system frame.
  • the method also includes:
  • the terminal device determines that the sixth system frame is the seventh system frame.
  • the frame number of the sixth system frame indicated by the fifth indication information is 24; the frame number of the seventh system frame carrying the fifth message is 24, and the terminal device considers the sixth system frame to be the current seventh system frame.
  • the terminal device determines that the sixth system frame is a system frame before the seventh system frame within the system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs.
  • the frame number of the sixth system frame indicated by the fifth indication information is 20, and the frame number of the seventh system frame carrying the fifth message is 24.
  • the terminal device considers that the sixth system frame is the system frame 40 ms before the seventh system frame.
  • the terminal device determines that the sixth system frame is a system frame following the seventh system frame within the system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs.
  • the frame number of the sixth system frame indicated by the fifth indication information is 25; the frame number of the seventh system frame carrying the fifth message is 24, and the terminal device considers that the sixth system frame is a system frame 10ms after the seventh system frame.
  • the terminal device determines that the sixth system frame is a system frame within a fourth system frame period, wherein the fourth system frame period is a system frame period adjacent to the system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs.
  • the frame number of the sixth system frame indicated by the fifth indication information is 20, and the frame number of the seventh system frame carrying the fifth message is 24.
  • the terminal device considers that the sixth system frame is a system frame after 10200ms of the seventh system frame.
  • the present application also provides another communication method, which proposes to send the ephemeris information of the serving cell and the neighboring cell to the terminal device by broadcasting. How does the terminal device determine the epoch time of the neighboring cell ephemeris information when the terminal device receives the information but does not send the epoch time of the neighboring cell ephemeris information? The following is an explanation in conjunction with FIG13.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application, comprising the following steps:
  • the terminal device receives a sixth message from the network device, or the network device sends a sixth message to the terminal device.
  • the sixth message includes the ephemeris information of the serving cell and the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, but does not include information indicating the time when the ephemeris information of the serving cell takes effect and information indicating the time when the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell takes effect.
  • the terminal device determines the time when the ephemeris information takes effect.
  • the terminal device will schedule the end time of the system message window SI window of SIB19 as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell and the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
  • the effective time of the ephemeris information determined by the terminal device can also be the effective time of the public TA parameters. That is to say, the method for the terminal device to determine the effective time of the acquired ephemeris information provided in the present application can also be applied to the terminal device to determine the effective time of the acquired public TA parameters. The specific determination method will not be repeated, and reference can be made to the description in the above embodiment.
  • the terminal device determines the effective time of the common TA parameter according to whether the frame number of the first system frame and the frame number of the second system frame are the same. For the specific method, refer to the description in step S520 in FIG. 5, and replace the first effective time of the first ephemeris information with the effective time of the common TA parameter; for another example, the definition of the third indication information in step S810 in FIG. 8 may be information indicating the effective time of the TA parameter; for another example, the terminal device may determine the effective time of multiple TA parameters according to the method for determining the effective time of multiple ephemeris information in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, etc., which will not be described one by one here. In addition, when the effective time of the TA parameter is determined to be a future time, the terminal device may also estimate the TA parameter at the switching time according to the future TA parameter.
  • the devices in the existing network architecture are mainly used as examples for exemplary description (such as terminal devices, network devices, etc.), and it should be understood that the specific form of the device is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. For example, devices that can achieve the same function in the future are applicable to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the methods and operations implemented by devices can also be implemented by components of the devices (such as chips or circuits).
  • the resource selection method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above in combination with Figures 5 to 13.
  • the resource selection method described above is mainly introduced from the perspective of the terminal device. It can be understood that in order to implement the above functions, the terminal device includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function.
  • the embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the transmitting end device or the receiving end device according to the above method example.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated module can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical functional division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation. The following is an example of dividing each functional module corresponding to each function.
  • FIG14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 10 includes a transceiver module 11 and a processing module 12.
  • the transceiver module 11 can implement corresponding communication functions, and the processing module 12 is used for data processing.
  • the processing module 12 is used to perform operations related to receiving and sending.
  • the transceiver module 11 can also be called a communication interface or a communication unit.
  • the device 10 may further include a storage module 13, which may be used to store instructions and/or data.
  • the processing module 12 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage module so that the device implements the actions of the devices in the aforementioned method embodiments.
  • the apparatus 10 may correspond to the terminal device in the above method embodiment, or be a component (such as a chip) of the terminal device.
  • the device 10 can implement the steps or processes executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment, wherein the transceiver module 11 can be used to execute the transceiver related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiment, and the processing module 12 can be used to execute the processing related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the transceiver module 11 is used to receive a first message from a network device, where the first message includes an identifier of a target cell, first ephemeris information corresponding to the target cell, and first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a frame number of a first system frame; the processing module 12 is used to obtain a frame number of a second system frame corresponding to the target cell;
  • the processing module 12 is further configured to determine a first valid time of the first ephemeris information according to whether a frame number of the first system frame is the same as a frame number of the second system frame.
  • the transceiver module 11 is used to receive a third message from a network device, the third message including fourth ephemeris information, third indication information and seventh time duration information, the third indication information being used to indicate a second moment when the fourth ephemeris information takes effect;
  • the processing module 12 is used to perform cell switching and start a fifth timer, the end moment of the fifth timer being determined by the second moment and the seventh time duration, wherein the duration between the moment of performing the cell switching and the end moment of the fifth timer is an eighth time duration, and in a case where the moment of performing the cell switching is earlier than the second moment, the eighth time duration is the sum of the seventh time duration and the third difference, and in a case where the moment of performing the cell switching is later than the second moment, the eighth time duration is the difference between the seventh time duration and the third difference, wherein the third difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of performing the cell switching and the second moment.
  • the transceiver module 11 is used to receive a fourth message from a network device, the fourth message including at least two ephemeris information, at least two time length information and fourth indication information, the fourth indication information being used to indicate the effective time of the first ephemeris information among the multiple ephemeris information;
  • the processing module 12 is used to use the fifth ephemeris information when performing cell switching, and the processing unit is further used to determine the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information; wherein the fifth ephemeris information is the Nth ephemeris information among the at least two ephemeris information, and the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information is determined by the fourth system frame number and the third subframe number indicated by the fourth indication information and the N-1 time length information corresponding to the N-1 ephemeris information before the fifth ephemeris information.
  • the transceiver module 11 is used to receive dedicated signaling from a network device to which a service cell belongs, wherein the dedicated signaling includes a system information block, and the system information block includes the ephemeris information of the service cell; the processing module 12 is used to determine that the system information block does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell; the processing module 12 is further used to use the end time of the system message window SI window for scheduling the system information block as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell, wherein the SI window is the SI window where the dedicated signaling is located, or the SI window adjacent to the dedicated signaling.
  • the transceiver module 11 is used to receive dedicated signaling from a network device to which a serving cell belongs, wherein the dedicated signaling includes a system information block, and the system information block includes the ephemeris information of the serving cell; the processing module 12 is used to determine that the system information block does not include information indicating the time when the ephemeris information of the serving cell takes effect; the transceiver module 11 is also used to receive first information indicating the time when the ephemeris information of the serving cell takes effect from the network device to which the serving cell belongs, and the first information is not located in the system information block.
  • the transceiver module 11 is used to receive a fifth message from a network device to which a service cell belongs, the fifth message including the ephemeris information of the service cell and fifth indication information, the fifth indication information being used to indicate the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell, the fifth message including the ephemeris information of a neighboring cell, and not including information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell; the processing module 12 is used to use the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
  • the transceiver module 11 is used to receive a system information block from a network device to which a serving cell belongs, wherein the system information block includes the ephemeris information of the serving cell and the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, and does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell and the information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell; the processing module 12 is used to use the end time of the system message window SI window for scheduling the system information block as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell and the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
  • the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S510 ; the processing module 12 may be used to execute the processing steps in the method, such as steps S520 and S530 .
  • the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S810 ; the processing module 12 may be used to execute the processing steps in the method, such as step S820 .
  • the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S910 ; the processing module 12 may be used to execute the processing steps in the method, such as step S920 .
  • the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S1010 ; the processing module 12 may be used to execute the processing steps in the method, such as step S1020 .
  • the transceiver module 11 can be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S1210; the processing module 12 can be used to execute the processing steps in the method, such as step S1220.
  • the transceiver module 11 can be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S1310; the processing module 12 can be used to execute the processing steps in the method, such as step S1320.
  • the apparatus 10 may correspond to the network device in the above method embodiment, or a component (such as a chip) of the network device.
  • the device 10 can implement the steps or processes executed by the network device in the above method embodiment, wherein the transceiver module 11 can be used to execute the transceiver related operations of the network device in the above method embodiment, and the processing module 12 can be used to execute the processing related operations of the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing module 12 is used to determine a third message, wherein the third message includes fourth ephemeris information, third indication information and seventh duration information, wherein the third indication information is used to indicate a second time when the fourth ephemeris information takes effect; and the transceiver module 11 is used to send the third message to the terminal device.
  • the second time is an absolute time.
  • the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S510 ; and the processing module 12 may be used to execute the processing steps in the method.
  • the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S810 .
  • the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S910 .
  • the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S1010 .
  • the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S1210 .
  • the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S1310 .
  • module here may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor (such as a shared processor, a dedicated processor or a group processor, etc.) and a memory for executing one or more software or firmware programs, a merged logic circuit and/or other suitable components that support the described functions.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • processor such as a shared processor, a dedicated processor or a group processor, etc.
  • memory for executing one or more software or firmware programs, a merged logic circuit and/or other suitable components that support the described functions.
  • the device 10 can be specifically the mobile management network element in the above-mentioned embodiment, and can be used to execute the various processes and/or steps corresponding to the mobile management network element in the above-mentioned method embodiments; or, the device 10 can be specifically the terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment, and can be used to execute the various processes and/or steps corresponding to the terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiments. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
  • the apparatus 10 of each of the above schemes has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the device (such as terminal device, network device) in the above method.
  • the function can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions; for example, the transceiver module can be replaced by a transceiver (for example, the sending unit in the transceiver module can be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit in the transceiver module can be replaced by a receiver), and other units, such as the processing module, can be replaced by a processor.
  • the sending and receiving operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment are performed separately.
  • the transceiver module 11 may also be a transceiver circuit (for example, may include a receiving circuit and a sending circuit), and the processing module may be a processing circuit.
  • FIG15 is a schematic diagram of another communication device 20 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 20 includes a processor 21, and the processor 21 is used to execute a computer program or instruction stored in a memory 22, or read data/signaling stored in the memory 22 to execute the method in each method embodiment above.
  • the processor 21 is used to execute a computer program or instruction stored in a memory 22, or read data/signaling stored in the memory 22 to execute the method in each method embodiment above.
  • the device 20 further includes a memory 22, and the memory 22 is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data.
  • the memory 22 can be integrated with the processor 21, or can also be separately arranged.
  • the memory 22 is one or more.
  • the device 20 further includes a transceiver 23, and the transceiver 23 is used for receiving and/or sending signals.
  • the processor 21 is used to control the transceiver 23 to receive and/or send signals.
  • the device 20 is used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the above various method embodiments.
  • the device 20 is used to implement the operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
  • processors mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • DSP digital signal processors
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuits
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory and/or a non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read-only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or a flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be a random access memory (RAM).
  • a RAM may be used as an external cache.
  • RAM includes the following forms: static RAM (SRAM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate SDRAM (DDR SDRAM), enhanced SDRAM (ESDRAM), synchronous link DRAM (SLDRAM), and direct rambus RAM (DR RAM).
  • SRAM static RAM
  • DRAM dynamic RAM
  • SDRAM synchronous DRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced SDRAM
  • SLDRAM synchronous link DRAM
  • DR RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, the memory (storage module) can be integrated into the processor.
  • memory described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • FIG16 is a schematic diagram of a chip system 30 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip system 30 (or also referred to as a processing system) includes a logic circuit 31 and an input/output interface 32.
  • the logic circuit 31 can be a processing circuit in the chip system 30.
  • the logic circuit 31 can be coupled to the storage unit and call the instructions in the storage unit so that the chip system 30 can implement the methods and functions of each embodiment of the present application.
  • the input/output interface 32 can be an input/output circuit in the chip system 30, outputting information processed by the chip system 30, or inputting data or signaling information to be processed into the chip system 30 for processing.
  • the chip system 30 is used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the above various method embodiments.
  • the logic circuit 31 is used to implement the processing-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment
  • the input/output interface 32 is used to implement the sending and/or receiving-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the chip system 30 is used to implement the operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the logic circuit 31 is used to implement the processing-related operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment
  • the input/output interface 32 is used to implement the sending and/or receiving-related operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which computer instructions for implementing the methods executed by the device in the above-mentioned method embodiments are stored.
  • the computer when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method executed by the terminal device or the network device in each embodiment of the above method.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, comprising instructions, which, when executed by a computer, implement the methods performed by a terminal device or a network device in the above-mentioned method embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including the aforementioned terminal device and network device.
  • the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center by wired (e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) mode to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that a computer can access or a data storage device such as a server or data center that contains one or more available media integrations.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (e.g., a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (e.g., a solid state disk (SSD)).
  • the aforementioned available medium includes, but is not limited to, various media that can store program codes, such as a USB flash drive, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Astronomy & Astrophysics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A communication method, comprising: a terminal device receives a first message from a network device, the first message comprising an identifier of a target cell, first ephemeris information and first indication information corresponding to the target cell, and the first indication information being used for indicating a frame number of a first system frame corresponding to the target cell; the terminal device acquires a frame number of a second system frame corresponding to the target cell; and according to whether the frame number of the first system frame and the frame number of the second system frame are the same or not, the terminal device determines a first effective timepoint of the first ephemeris information. The terminal device receives the first message, acquires the frame number of the current system frame of the target cell, and according to a difference between the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information in the first message and the acquired frame number of the current system frame, determines the effective timepoint of the ephemeris information, thereby avoiding that the effective timepoint of the ephemeris information cannot be accurately obtained and determined only according to the frame number of the first system frame.

Description

一种通信的方法和通信装置A communication method and a communication device
本申请要求于2022年09月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为202211214688.4、申请名称为“一种通信的方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on September 30, 2022, with application number 202211214688.4 and application name “A communication method and communication device”, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域Technical Field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术的领域，并且更具体地，涉及一种通信的方法和通信装置。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technology, and more specifically, to a communication method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
卫星网络是当今世界研究的热门话题，卫星通信技术已经日趋成熟，例如，非地面网络(non-terrestrial networks，NTN)使用卫星星载上的射频的网络实现通信，可以提供更广的覆盖范围，并且卫星基站不容易受到自然灾害或者外力的破坏。Satellite networks are a hot topic of research in the world today. Satellite communication technology has become increasingly mature. For example, non-terrestrial networks (NTN) use radio frequency networks on satellites to achieve communication, which can provide a wider coverage area, and satellite base stations are not easily damaged by natural disasters or external forces.
NTN网络中，终端设备在执行切换(如，从源小区切换至目标小区)的情况下，终端设备需要获知NTN参数信息，例如，终端设备需要获取星历信息的生效时刻。如何使得终端设备能够确定星历信息的生效时刻成为亟待解决的问题。In an NTN network, when a terminal device performs a handover (e.g., switching from a source cell to a target cell), the terminal device needs to obtain NTN parameter information, for example, the terminal device needs to obtain the effective time of the ephemeris information. How to enable the terminal device to determine the effective time of the ephemeris information has become an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信的方法，以使得终端设备在执行小区切换时，能够确定获取的星历信息的生效时刻。An embodiment of the present application provides a communication method so that a terminal device can determine the effective time of acquired ephemeris information when performing a cell switching.
第一方面，提供了一种通信的方法，该方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由终端设备的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行，对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the terminal device, without limitation. For ease of description, the following description is based on an example of execution by a terminal device.
该方法包括：终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一消息，所述第一消息中包括目标小区的标识、所述目标小区对应的第一星历信息和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述目标小区对应的第一系统帧的帧号；所述终端设备获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号；所述终端设备根据所述第一系统帧的帧号和所述第二系统帧的帧号是否相同确定所述第一星历信息的第一生效时刻。其中，第一星历信息和第一指示信息可以理解为NTN参数信息中包括的参数信息。The method includes: a terminal device receives a first message from a network device, the first message includes an identifier of a target cell, first ephemeris information corresponding to the target cell, and first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate the frame number of a first system frame corresponding to the target cell; the terminal device obtains the frame number of a second system frame corresponding to the target cell; the terminal device determines a first effective time of the first ephemeris information according to whether the frame number of the first system frame is the same as the frame number of the second system frame. The first ephemeris information and the first indication information can be understood as parameter information included in the NTN parameter information.
基于上述技术方案，终端设备接收到第一消息时，可以获取目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号，并且根据第一消息中的第一指示信息所指示的第一系统帧的帧号和获取的第二系统帧的帧号是否相同确定NTN参数信息中包括的第一星历信息的第一生效时刻，也就是说该技术方案中终端设备不再仅仅根据NTN参数信息中包括的第一指示信息所指示的第一系统帧的帧号确定第一星历信息的第一生效时刻，因为，系统帧号为0～1023循环编号的，若仅根据第一系统帧的帧号确定第一星历信息的第一生效时刻，无法准确获知第一系统帧具体为哪个系统帧周期中的系统帧，其中，每0～1023循环编号的1024个系统帧称为一个系统帧周期。该技术方案中终端设备在确定第一星历信息的第一生效时刻时，除了考虑第一指示信息所指示的第一系统帧的帧号之外，还考虑获取的目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号，能够提高确定第一星历信息的第一生效时刻的准确度。Based on the above technical solution, when the terminal device receives the first message, it can obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, and determine the first effective time of the first ephemeris information included in the NTN parameter information according to whether the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information in the first message is the same as the frame number of the obtained second system frame. That is to say, in the technical solution, the terminal device no longer determines the first effective time of the first ephemeris information only according to the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information included in the NTN parameter information, because the system frame number is 0 to 1023 cyclically numbered. If the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is determined only according to the frame number of the first system frame, it is impossible to accurately know which system frame period the first system frame is specifically in, wherein 1024 system frames cyclically numbered from 0 to 1023 are called a system frame period. In the technical solution, when determining the first effective time of the first ephemeris information, the terminal device considers the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell obtained in addition to the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information, which can improve the accuracy of determining the first effective time of the first ephemeris information.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，在所述第一系统帧的帧号和所述第二系统帧的帧号相同的情况下，所述第一星历信息的第一生效时刻为基于所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻，其中，所述第一子帧的帧号通过所述第一指示信息指示，所述第一子帧为所述第一系统帧中的一个子帧。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, when the frame number of the first system frame and the frame number of the second system frame are the same, the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs, wherein the frame number of the first subframe is indicated by the first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
基于上述技术方案，在终端设备获取的第二系统帧的帧号和第一指示信息所指示的第一系统帧的帧号相同的情况下，终端设备认为第一星历信息的第一生效时刻为第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内基于第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻。也就是说，在终端设备获取的第二系统帧的帧号和第一指示信息所指示的第一系统帧的帧号相同的情况下，终端设备明确了第一星历信息的第一生效时刻就是当前 系统帧周期内基于第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻，以使得终端设备准确理解第一指示信息所指示的时刻。Based on the above technical solution, when the frame number of the second system frame obtained by the terminal device is the same as the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information, the terminal device considers that the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is the time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs. That is to say, when the frame number of the second system frame obtained by the terminal device is the same as the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information, the terminal device specifies that the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is the current time. The moment determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period, so that the terminal device accurately understands the moment indicated by the first indication information.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，所述终端设备执行小区切换，并启动第一定时器，所述第一定时器的结束时刻由所述第一生效时刻和第一时长确定，所述第一时长由所述第一消息中包括的第一时长的信息确定，其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第一定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第二时长，在所述执行小区切换的时刻早于所述第一生效时刻的情况下，所述第二时长为所述第一时长和第一差值的和值，在所述执行小区切换的时刻晚于所述第一生效时刻的情况下，所述第二时长为所述第一时长和第一差值的差值，其中，所述第一差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第一生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, the terminal device performs cell switching and starts a first timer, the end time of the first timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, the first duration is determined by the information of the first duration included in the first message, wherein the duration between the time of performing the cell switching and the end time of the first timer is a second duration, and when the time of performing the cell switching is earlier than the first effective time, the second duration is the sum of the first duration and the first difference, and when the time of performing the cell switching is later than the first effective time, the second duration is the difference between the first duration and the first difference, wherein the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the time of performing the cell switching and the first effective time.
基于上述技术方案，在终端设备获取的第二系统帧的帧号和第一指示信息所指示的第一系统帧的帧号相同的情况下，明确了终端设备开启的定时器的结束时刻以及执行小区切换的时刻和定时器的结束时刻之间的时长。以使得终端设备准确获知切换时所开启的定时器的运行时长。Based on the above technical solution, when the frame number of the second system frame obtained by the terminal device is the same as the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information, the end time of the timer started by the terminal device and the duration between the time of executing the cell switching and the end time of the timer are clarified, so that the terminal device can accurately know the running time of the timer started during the switching.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，在所述第一系统帧的帧号和所述第二系统帧的帧号不同的情况下，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备确定所述第一系统帧为所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第二系统帧之前的系统帧，所述第一星历信息的第一生效时刻为基于所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻；或者，所述终端设备确定所述第一系统帧为第一系统帧周期内的系统帧，所述第一系统帧周期为所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期相邻的前一个系统帧周期，所述第一星历信息的第一生效时刻为基于所述第一系统帧周期内所述第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻，其中，所述第一子帧的帧号通过所述第一指示信息指示，所述第一子帧为所述第一系统帧中的一个子帧。In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, when the frame number of the first system frame is different from the frame number of the second system frame, the method further includes: the terminal device determines that the first system frame is a system frame before the second system frame within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs, and the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs; or, the terminal device determines that the first system frame is a system frame within the first system frame period, the first system frame period is the previous system frame period adjacent to the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs, and the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the first system frame period, wherein the frame number of the first subframe is indicated by the first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
基于上述技术方案，在第一指示信息所指示的第一系统帧为终端设备获取的第二系统帧为之前的系统帧情况下，终端设备认为第一星历信息的第一生效时刻为第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内或相邻的前一个系统帧周期内基于第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻。也就是说，在第一指示信息所指示的第一系统帧为终端设备获取的第二系统帧为之前的系统帧情况下，终端设备明确了第一星历信息的第一生效时刻就是当前系统帧周期内或相邻的前一个系统帧周期内基于第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻，以使得终端设备准确理解第一指示信息所指示的时刻。Based on the above technical solution, when the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is a system frame before the second system frame obtained by the terminal device, the terminal device believes that the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs or within the adjacent previous system frame period. In other words, when the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is a system frame before the second system frame obtained by the terminal device, the terminal device clarifies that the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the current system frame period or within the adjacent previous system frame period, so that the terminal device accurately understands the time indicated by the first indication information.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备执行小区切换，并启动第二定时器，所述第二定时器的结束时刻由所述第一生效时刻和第一时长确定，所述第一时长由所述第一消息中包括的第一时长的信息确定，其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第二定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第三时长，所述第三时长为所述第一时长和第一差值的差值，所述第一差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第一生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, the method also includes: the terminal device performs cell switching and starts a second timer, the end time of the second timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, the first duration is determined by the information of the first duration included in the first message, wherein the duration between the moment of performing the cell switching and the end time of the second timer is a third duration, the third duration is the difference between the first duration and the first difference, and the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of performing the cell switching and the first effective time.
基于上述技术方案，在第一指示信息所指示的第一系统帧为终端设备获取的第二系统帧为之前的系统帧情况下，明确了终端设备开启的定时器的结束时刻以及执行小区切换的时刻和定时器的结束时刻之间的时长。以使得终端设备准确获知切换时所开启的定时器的运行时长。Based on the above technical solution, when the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is the second system frame obtained by the terminal device and is the previous system frame, the end time of the timer started by the terminal device and the duration between the time of executing the cell switching and the end time of the timer are clarified, so that the terminal device can accurately know the running time of the timer started during the switching.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，在所述第一系统帧的帧号和所述第二系统帧的帧号不同的情况下，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备确定所述第一系统帧为所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第二系统帧之后的系统帧；或者，所述终端设备确定所述第一系统帧为第二系统帧周期内的系统帧，所述第二系统帧周期为所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期相邻的后一个系统帧周期。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, when the frame number of the first system frame is different from the frame number of the second system frame, the method further includes: the terminal device determines that the first system frame is a system frame after the second system frame within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs; or, the terminal device determines that the first system frame is a system frame within the second system frame period, and the second system frame period is the subsequent system frame period adjacent to the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备执行小区切换，确定所述第一系统帧指示的时刻晚于所述执行小区切换的时刻；所述终端设备获取所述目标小区的系统信息块，所述系统信息块中包括第二星历信息和第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示第三系统帧的帧号和第二子帧的帧号；所述终端设备确定所述第二星历信息的第二生效时刻为所述第三系统帧和第二子帧确定的时刻。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device performs cell switching, and determines that the time indicated by the first system frame is later than the time of performing the cell switching; the terminal device obtains the system information block of the target cell, the system information block includes second ephemeris information and second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the frame number of the third system frame and the frame number of the second subframe; the terminal device determines that the second effective time of the second ephemeris information is the time determined by the third system frame and the second subframe.
基于上述技术方案，在第一指示信息所指示的第一系统帧为终端设备获取的第二系统帧为之后的系统帧情况下，终端设备可以通过获取目标小区的系统信息块获取以供使用的第二星历信息，以使得终端设备可以无需等待第一星历信息生效的时刻才执行切换，保证了终端设备执行切换的时效性。Based on the above technical solution, when the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is a system frame obtained by the terminal device and the second system frame is a subsequent system frame, the terminal device can obtain the second ephemeris information for use by obtaining the system information block of the target cell, so that the terminal device does not need to wait for the first ephemeris information to take effect before performing the switch, thereby ensuring the timeliness of the terminal device's switching.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，在所述终端设备获取所述目标小区的系统信息块 之前，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备确定获取所述目标小区的系统信息块所需的时长小于时长门限；或者，所述终端设备确定所述第一生效时刻与所述执行小区切换的时刻之间的时差大于获取所述目标小区的系统信息块所需的时长。In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the terminal device obtains the system information block of the target cell. Previously, the method also included: the terminal device determining that the time required to obtain the system information block of the target cell is less than a time threshold; or, the terminal device determining that the time difference between the first effective moment and the moment of executing cell switching is greater than the time required to obtain the system information block of the target cell.
基于上述技术方案，在第一指示信息所指示的第一系统帧为终端设备获取的第二系统帧为之后的系统帧情况下，终端设备可以通过不同的方式确定可以获取目标小区的系统信息块，提高方案的灵活性。Based on the above technical solution, when the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is a system frame obtained by the terminal device and the second system frame is a subsequent system frame, the terminal device can determine that the system information block of the target cell can be obtained in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备在执行小区切换时根据所述第一星历信息估计所述执行小区切换的时刻对应的第三星历信息，并开启第四定时器，所述第四定时器的定时时长为从所述执行小区切换的时刻开始的第六时长，其中，所述第六时长为所述第一时长和第三差值的和值，所述第一时长由所述第一消息中包括的第一时长的信息确定，所述第三差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和第一指示信息指示的时刻之间的差值的绝对值。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, the method also includes: when performing cell switching, the terminal device estimates the third ephemeris information corresponding to the moment of performing the cell switching based on the first ephemeris information, and starts a fourth timer, the timing duration of the fourth timer is the sixth duration starting from the moment of performing the cell switching, wherein the sixth duration is the sum of the first duration and the third difference, the first duration is determined by the information of the first duration included in the first message, and the third difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of performing the cell switching and the moment indicated by the first indication information.
基于上述技术方案，在第一指示信息所指示的第一系统帧为终端设备获取的第二系统帧为之后的系统帧情况下，明确了终端设备开启的定时器的结束时刻以及执行小区切换的时刻和定时器的结束时刻之间的时长。以使得终端设备准确获知切换时所开启的定时器的运行时长。Based on the above technical solution, when the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is a system frame after the second system frame obtained by the terminal device, the end time of the timer started by the terminal device and the duration between the time of executing the cell switching and the end time of the timer are clarified, so that the terminal device can accurately know the running time of the timer started during the switching.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备在执行小区切换时根据所述第一星历信息估计所述执行小区切换的时刻对应的第三星历信息，并启动第四定时器，所述第四定时器的结束时刻由所述第一生效时刻和第一时长确定，所述第一时长由所述第一消息中包括的第一时长的信息确定，In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: when performing cell switching, the terminal device estimates third ephemeris information corresponding to the time when the cell switching is performed according to the first ephemeris information, and starts a fourth timer, where the end time of the fourth timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, and the first duration is determined by information of the first duration included in the first message,
其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第四定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第六时长，所述第六时长为所述第一时长和第一差值的和值，所述第一差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第一生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。Among them, the duration between the moment of executing the cell switching and the end moment of the fourth timer is the sixth duration, the sixth duration is the sum of the first duration and the first difference, and the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of executing the cell switching and the first effective moment.
基于上述技术方案，在第一指示信息所指示的第一系统帧为终端设备获取的第二系统帧为之后的系统帧情况下，终端设备可以根据未来的星历信息估计切换时可用的星历信息，以使得终端设备可以无需等待第一星历信息生效的时刻才执行切换，保证了终端设备执行切换的时效性。Based on the above technical solution, when the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is a system frame obtained by the terminal device and the second system frame is a subsequent system frame, the terminal device can estimate the available ephemeris information during switching based on future ephemeris information, so that the terminal device does not need to wait for the first ephemeris information to take effect before executing the switch, thereby ensuring the timeliness of the terminal device's switching.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，在所述第一消息用于指示所述终端设备从源小区切换至所述目标小区的情况下，所述终端设备获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号，包括：所述终端设备在执行切换时，与所述目标小区进行下行同步并获取所述目标小区的主信息块MIB，其中，所述MIB用于获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, when the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source cell to the target cell, the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, including: when the terminal device performs the switch, the terminal device performs downlink synchronization with the target cell and obtains the master information block MIB of the target cell, wherein the MIB is used to obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，在所述第一消息中还包括切换条件的信息的情况下，所述终端设备获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号，包括：所述终端设备在接收到所述第一消息时，与所述目标小区进行下行同步并获取所述目标小区的主信息块MIB，所述MIB用于获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号；或者，所述终端设备确定源小区和所述目标小区之间的定时差，并根据承载所述第一消息的第三系统帧和所述定时差确定所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, when the first message also includes information on switching conditions, the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, including: when the terminal device receives the first message, it performs downlink synchronization with the target cell and obtains the master information block MIB of the target cell, and the MIB is used to obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell; or, the terminal device determines the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell, and determines the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell based on the third system frame carrying the first message and the timing difference.
基于上述技术方案，在条件切换的场景下，终端设备可以通过不同的方式获取目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号，提高方案的灵活性。Based on the above technical solution, in a conditional switching scenario, the terminal device can obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，所述终端设备确定所述源小区和所述目标小区之间的定时差，包括：所述时差为预定义的；或者，所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的指示所述定时差的信息；或者，所述终端设备测量所述目标小区的信号，根据所述测量结果确定所述定时差；或者，所述切换条件的信息指示基于时间的切换条件，所述基于时间的切换条件包括第一时刻，所述第一时刻对应的源小区的系统帧以及所述第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧用于确定所述定时差。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, the terminal device determines the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell, including: the time difference is predefined; or, the terminal device receives information indicating the timing difference from the network device; or, the terminal device measures the signal of the target cell and determines the timing difference based on the measurement result; or, the information on the switching condition indicates a time-based switching condition, and the time-based switching condition includes a first moment, and the system frame of the source cell corresponding to the first moment and the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment are used to determine the timing difference.
基于上述技术方案，终端设备可以通过不同的方式确定源小区和目标小区之间的定时差，提高方案的灵活性。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can determine the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，所述第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧的帧号携带在所述第一消息中；或者，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二消息，所述第二消息中包括所述第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧号的帧号。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, the frame number of the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment is carried in the first message; or, the method also includes: the terminal device receives a second message from the network device, and the second message includes the frame number of the system frame number of the target cell corresponding to the first moment.
基于上述技术方案，终端设备可以通过不同的方式确定第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧的帧号，提高方案的灵活性。 Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can determine the frame number of the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
第二方面，提供了一种通信的方法，该方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由终端设备的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行，对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the terminal device, without limitation. For ease of description, the following description is based on an example of execution by a terminal device.
该方法包括：终端设备接收来自网络设备的第三消息，所述第三消息中包括第四星历信息、第三指示信息和第七时长的信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第四星历信息生效的第二时刻；所述终端设备执行小区切换，并启动第五定时器，所述第五定时器的结束时刻由所述第二时刻和所述第七时长确定，其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第五定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第八时长，在所述执行小区切换的时刻早于所述第二时刻的情况下，所述第八时长为所述第七时长和第三差值的和值，在所述执行小区切换的时刻晚于所述第二时刻的情况下，所述第八时长为所述第七时长和第三差值的差值，其中，所述第三差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第二时刻之间的差值的绝对值。The method includes: a terminal device receives a third message from a network device, the third message includes fourth ephemeris information, third indication information and seventh time duration information, the third indication information is used to indicate the second moment when the fourth ephemeris information takes effect; the terminal device performs cell switching and starts a fifth timer, the end moment of the fifth timer is determined by the second moment and the seventh time duration, wherein the duration between the moment of performing the cell switching and the end moment of the fifth timer is an eighth time duration, and in the case where the moment of performing the cell switching is earlier than the second moment, the eighth time duration is the sum of the seventh time duration and the third difference, and in the case where the moment of performing the cell switching is later than the second moment, the eighth time duration is the difference between the seventh time duration and the third difference, wherein the third difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of performing the cell switching and the second moment.
基于上述技术方案，网络设备通过第三指示信息指示绝对的时刻作为星历信息生效的时刻，以使得终端设备可以根据第三指示信息准确确定星历信息生效的时刻，以及准确获知切换时所开启的定时器的运行时长。Based on the above technical solution, the network device indicates an absolute time as the time when the ephemeris information takes effect through the third indication information, so that the terminal device can accurately determine the time when the ephemeris information takes effect according to the third indication information, and accurately know the running time of the timer turned on during switching.
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，所述第三指示信息为NTN参数信息中的纪元时间epoch time信息；或者，所述第三指示信息指示的第二时刻为所述第三消息中包括的基于时间的切换条件隐式指示的第二时刻。In combination with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the third indication information is the epoch time information in the NTN parameter information; or, the second moment indicated by the third indication information is the second moment implicitly indicated by the time-based switching condition included in the third message.
基于上述技术方案，网络设备可以通过不同的方式指示一个绝对的时刻，使得终端设备准确确定星历信息生效的时刻。例如，可以通过epoch time指示一个绝对的时刻；还例如，通过复用条件切换场景下时间条件信息间接指示星历信息生效的时刻。提高方案的灵活性。Based on the above technical solution, the network device can indicate an absolute time in different ways, so that the terminal device can accurately determine the time when the ephemeris information takes effect. For example, an absolute time can be indicated by epoch time; for another example, the time when the ephemeris information takes effect can be indirectly indicated by multiplexing the time condition information in the condition switching scenario. This improves the flexibility of the solution.
第三方面，提供了一种通信的方法，该方法可以由网络设备执行，或者，也可以由网络设备的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行，对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由网络设备执行为例进行说明。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a network device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the network device, without limitation. For ease of description, the following description is based on an example of execution by a network device.
网络设备确定第三消息，所述第三消息中包括第四星历信息、第三指示信息和第七时长的信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第四星历信息生效的第二时刻；所述网络设备向终端设备发送所述第三消息。其中，第二时刻为一个绝对的时刻。The network device determines a third message, wherein the third message includes fourth ephemeris information, third indication information, and seventh duration information, wherein the third indication information is used to indicate a second time at which the fourth ephemeris information takes effect; and the network device sends the third message to the terminal device, wherein the second time is an absolute time.
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，所述第三指示信息为NTN参数信息中的纪元时间epoch time信息；或者，所述第三指示信息指示的第二时刻为所述第三消息中包括的基于时间的切换条件隐式指示的第二时刻。In combination with the third aspect, in certain implementations of the third aspect, the third indication information is the epoch time information in the NTN parameter information; or, the second moment indicated by the third indication information is the second moment implicitly indicated by the time-based switching condition included in the third message.
以上第三方面及其可能的设计所示方法的技术效果可参照第二方面及其可能的设计中的技术效果。The technical effects of the method shown in the third aspect and its possible design above can refer to the technical effects in the second aspect and its possible design.
第四方面，提供了一种通信的方法，该方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由终端设备的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行，对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。In a fourth aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the terminal device, without limitation. For ease of description, the following description is based on an example of execution by a terminal device.
该方法包括：终端设备接收来自网络设备的第四消息，所述第四消息中包括至少两个星历信息、至少两个时长的信息和第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述多个星历信息中第一个星历信息的生效时刻；所述终端设备执行小区切换时使用第五星历信息，所述终端设备确定所述第五星历信息的生效时刻；其中，所述第五星历信息为所述至少两个星历信息中的第N个星历信息，所述第五星历信息的生效时刻由所述第四指示信息指示的第四系统帧号和第三子帧号以及第五星历信息之前的N-1个星历信息分别对应的N-1个时长的信息确定。The method includes: a terminal device receives a fourth message from a network device, the fourth message includes at least two ephemeris information, at least two time length information and fourth indication information, the fourth indication information is used to indicate the effective time of the first ephemeris information among the multiple ephemeris information; the terminal device uses the fifth ephemeris information when performing cell switching, and the terminal device determines the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information; wherein the fifth ephemeris information is the Nth ephemeris information among the at least two ephemeris information, and the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information is determined by the fourth system frame number and the third subframe number indicated by the fourth indication information and the N-1 time length information corresponding to the N-1 ephemeris information before the fifth ephemeris information.
基于上述技术方案，终端设备接收到多个星历信息的情况下，可以根据第一个星历信息的生效时刻，以及切换时使用的星历信息之前的星历信息对应的生效时长确定切换时使用的星历信息的生效时刻。以使得终端设备在接收到多个星历信息的情况下，能够准确获知每个星历信息的生效时刻。Based on the above technical solution, when the terminal device receives multiple ephemeris information, the effective time of the ephemeris information used during the switching can be determined according to the effective time of the first ephemeris information and the effective duration corresponding to the ephemeris information before the ephemeris information used during the switching. In this way, when the terminal device receives multiple ephemeris information, it can accurately know the effective time of each ephemeris information.
第五方面，提供了一种通信的方法，该方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由终端设备的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行，对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。In a fifth aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the terminal device, without limitation. For ease of description, the following description is based on an example of execution by a terminal device.
该方法包括：终端设备接收来自服务小区所属的网络设备的专用信令，所述专用信令中包括系统信息块，所述系统信息块包括所述服务小区的星历信息；所述终端设备确定所述系统信息块中未包括指示所述服务小区的星历信息生效时刻的信息；所述终端设备将调度所述系统信息块的系统消息窗SI  window的结束时刻作为所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻，其中，所述SI window为所述专用信令位于的SI window，或者为所述专用信令相邻的SI window。The method comprises: a terminal device receives a dedicated signaling from a network device to which a serving cell belongs, wherein the dedicated signaling comprises a system information block, wherein the system information block comprises ephemeris information of the serving cell; the terminal device determines that the system information block does not comprise information indicating the time at which the ephemeris information of the serving cell takes effect; and the terminal device schedules a system message window SI of the system information block. The end time of the window is used as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell, wherein the SI window is the SI window where the dedicated signaling is located, or the SI window adjacent to the dedicated signaling.
基于上述技术方案，在网络设备未指示服务小区的星历信息生效时刻的情况下，终端设备可以根据调度所述系统信息块的系统消息窗SI window的结束时刻确定星历信息生效时刻。Based on the above technical solution, when the network device does not indicate the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell, the terminal device can determine the effective time of the ephemeris information according to the end time of the system message window SI window that schedules the system information block.
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，在所述系统信息块中未包括指示邻区的星历信息生效时刻的信息的情况下，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备将所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻作为所述邻区的星历信息生效时刻。In combination with the fifth aspect, in certain implementations of the fifth aspect, when the system information block does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, the method further includes: the terminal device uses the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
第六方面，提供了一种通信的方法，该方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由终端设备的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行，对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。In a sixth aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the terminal device, without limitation. For ease of description, the following description is based on an example of execution by a terminal device.
该方法包括：终端设备接收来自服务小区所属的网络设备的专用信令，所述专用信令中包括系统信息块，所述系统信息块包括所述服务小区的星历信息；所述终端设备确定所述系统信息块中未包括指示所述服务小区的星历信息生效时刻的信息；所述终端设备接收来自服务小区所属的网络设备的指示所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻的第一信息，所述第一信息不位于所述系统信息块中。The method includes: a terminal device receives dedicated signaling from a network device to which a service cell belongs, the dedicated signaling includes a system information block, and the system information block includes ephemeris information of the service cell; the terminal device determines that the system information block does not include information indicating the time when the ephemeris information of the service cell takes effect; the terminal device receives first information indicating the time when the ephemeris information of the service cell takes effect from the network device to which the service cell belongs, and the first information is not located in the system information block.
基于上述技术方案，在网络设备未指示服务小区的星历信息生效时刻的情况下，网络设备可以通过在系统信息块中携带指示生效时刻的信息之外的方式指示服务小区的星历信息生效时刻，以使得终端设备可以确定星历信息生效时刻。Based on the above technical solution, when the network device does not indicate the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell, the network device can indicate the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell by carrying information indicating the effective time in the system information block other than the information, so that the terminal device can determine the effective time of the ephemeris information.
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，在所述系统信息块中未包括指示邻区的星历信息生效时刻的信息的情况下，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备将所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻作为所述邻区的星历信息生效时刻。In combination with the sixth aspect, in certain implementations of the sixth aspect, when the system information block does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, the method also includes: the terminal device uses the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
第七方面，提供了一种通信的方法，该方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由终端设备的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行，对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。In a seventh aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the terminal device, without limitation. For ease of description, the following description is based on an example of execution by a terminal device.
该方法包括：终端设备接收来自服务小区所属的网络设备第五消息，所述第五消息中包括所述服务小区的星历信息和第五指示信息，第五指示信息用于指示服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻，所述第五消息中包括邻区的星历信息，且未包括指示邻区的星历信息生效时刻的信息；所述终端设备将所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻作为所述邻区的星历信息生效时刻。The method includes: a terminal device receives a fifth message from a network device to which a service cell belongs, the fifth message including ephemeris information of the service cell and fifth indication information, the fifth indication information is used to indicate the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell, the fifth message includes ephemeris information of a neighboring cell, and does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell; the terminal device uses the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
基于上述技术方案，在网络设备未指示邻区小区的星历信息生效时刻的情况下，终端设备将所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻作为所述邻区的星历信息生效时刻，以使得终端设备可以确定邻区的星历信息生效时刻。Based on the above technical solution, when the network device does not indicate the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, the terminal device uses the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, so that the terminal device can determine the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，所述第五指示信息用于指示第六系统帧的帧号，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备确定所述第六系统帧为所述第七系统帧；或者，所述终端设备确定所述第六系统帧为所述第七系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第七系统帧之前的系统帧；或者，所述终端设备确定所述第六系统帧为所述第七系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第七系统帧之后的系统帧；或者，所述终端设备确定所述第六系统帧为第四系统帧周期内的系统帧，其中，所述第四系统帧周期为所述第七系统帧所属的系统帧周期相邻的系统帧周期。In combination with the seventh aspect, in certain implementations of the seventh aspect, the fifth indication information is used to indicate the frame number of the sixth system frame, and the method also includes: the terminal device determines that the sixth system frame is the seventh system frame; or, the terminal device determines that the sixth system frame is a system frame before the seventh system frame within the system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs; or, the terminal device determines that the sixth system frame is a system frame after the seventh system frame within the system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs; or, the terminal device determines that the sixth system frame is a system frame within a fourth system frame period, wherein the fourth system frame period is a system frame period adjacent to the system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs.
第八方面，提供了一种通信的方法，该方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由终端设备的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行，对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。In an eighth aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the terminal device, without limitation. For ease of description, the following description is based on an example of execution by a terminal device.
该方法包括：终端设备接收来自服务小区所属的网络设备的系统信息块，所述系统信息块中包括所述服务小区的星历信息和邻区的星历信息，且未包括用于指示所述服务小区的星历信息生效时刻的信息以及指示邻区的星历信息生效时刻的信息；所述终端设备将调度所述系统信息块的系统消息窗SI window的结束时刻作为所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻和所述邻区的星历信息生效时刻。The method includes: a terminal device receives a system information block from a network device to which a service cell belongs, the system information block including the ephemeris information of the service cell and the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, but does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell and the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell; the terminal device schedules the end time of a system message window SI window of the system information block as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell and the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
基于上述技术方案，在网络设备未指示邻区小区的星历信息和服务小区的星历信息生效时刻的情况下，终端设备将调度所述系统信息块的系统消息窗SI window的结束时刻作为所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻和所述邻区的星历信息生效时刻，以使得终端设备可以确定邻区的星历信息和服务小区的星历信息生效时刻。 Based on the above technical solution, when the network device does not indicate the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell and the ephemeris information of the serving cell, the terminal device will schedule the end time of the system message window SI window of the system information block as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell and the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, so that the terminal device can determine the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell and the ephemeris information of the serving cell.
第九方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置用于执行上述第一方面提供的方法。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, wherein the device is used to execute the method provided in the first aspect.
该装置包括：接收单元，用于接收来自网络设备的第一消息，所述第一消息中包括目标小区的标识、所述目标小区对应的第一星历信息和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一系统帧的帧号；处理单元，用于获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号；The apparatus comprises: a receiving unit, configured to receive a first message from a network device, wherein the first message comprises an identifier of a target cell, first ephemeris information corresponding to the target cell, and first indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate a frame number of a first system frame; a processing unit, configured to obtain a frame number of a second system frame corresponding to the target cell;
所述处理单元还用于根据所述第一系统帧的帧号和所述第二系统帧的帧号是否相同确定所述第一星历信息的第一生效时刻。The processing unit is further configured to determine a first valid time of the first ephemeris information according to whether a frame number of the first system frame is the same as a frame number of the second system frame.
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，在所述第一系统帧的帧号和所述第二系统帧的帧号相同的情况下，所述第一星历信息的第一生效时刻为基于所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻，其中，所述第一子帧的帧号通过所述第一指示信息指示，所述第一子帧为所述第一系统帧中的一个子帧。In combination with the ninth aspect, in certain implementations of the ninth aspect, when the frame number of the first system frame and the frame number of the second system frame are the same, the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs, wherein the frame number of the first subframe is indicated by the first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于执行小区切换，并启动第一定时器，所述第一定时器的结束时刻由所述第一生效时刻和第一时长确定，所述第一时长由所述第一消息中包括的第一时长的信息确定，其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第一定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第二时长，In combination with the ninth aspect, in some implementations of the ninth aspect, the processing unit is further used to perform cell switching and start a first timer, the end time of the first timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, the first duration is determined by the information of the first duration included in the first message, wherein the duration between the time of performing the cell switching and the end time of the first timer is the second duration,
在所述执行小区切换的时刻早于所述第一生效时刻的情况下，所述第二时长为所述第一时长和第一差值的和值，In the case where the time for executing the cell switching is earlier than the first effective time, the second duration is the sum of the first duration and the first difference,
在所述执行小区切换的时刻晚于所述第一生效时刻的情况下，所述第二时长为所述第一时长和第一差值的差值，In the case where the time for executing the cell switching is later than the first effective time, the second duration is the difference between the first duration and the first difference.
其中，所述第一差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第一生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。The first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the time of executing the cell switching and the first effective time.
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，在所述第一系统帧的帧号和所述第二系统帧的帧号不同的情况下，所述处理单元还用于确定所述第一系统帧为所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第二系统帧之前的系统帧，所述第一星历信息的第一生效时刻为基于所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻；或者，In combination with the ninth aspect, in certain implementations of the ninth aspect, when the frame number of the first system frame is different from the frame number of the second system frame, the processing unit is further used to determine that the first system frame is a system frame before the second system frame within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs, and the first effective moment of the first ephemeris information is a moment determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs; or,
所述处理单元还用于确定所述第一系统帧为第一系统帧周期内的系统帧，所述第一系统帧周期为所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期相邻的前一个系统帧周期，所述第一星历信息的第一生效时刻为基于所述第一系统帧周期内所述第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻，The processing unit is further configured to determine that the first system frame is a system frame within a first system frame period, the first system frame period is a previous system frame period adjacent to a system frame period to which the second system frame belongs, and the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and a first subframe within the first system frame period,
其中，所述第一子帧的帧号通过所述第一指示信息指示，所述第一子帧为所述第一系统帧中的一个子帧。The frame number of the first subframe is indicated by the first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于执行小区切换，并启动第二定时器，所述第二定时器的结束时刻由所述第一生效时刻和第一时长确定，所述第一时长由所述第一消息中包括的第一时长的信息确定，其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第二定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第三时长，所述第三时长为所述第一时长和第一差值的差值，所述第一差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第一生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。In combination with the ninth aspect, in certain implementations of the ninth aspect, the processing unit is also used to execute cell switching and start a second timer, the end time of the second timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, the first duration is determined by the information of the first duration included in the first message, wherein the duration between the moment of executing the cell switching and the end time of the second timer is a third duration, the third duration is the difference between the first duration and the first difference, and the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of executing the cell switching and the first effective time.
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，在所述第一系统帧的帧号和所述第二系统帧的帧号不同的情况下，所述处理单元还用于确定所述第一系统帧为所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第二系统帧之后的系统帧；或者，所述处理单元还用于确定所述第一系统帧为第二系统帧周期内的系统帧，所述第二系统帧周期为所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期相邻的后一个系统帧周期。In combination with the ninth aspect, in certain implementations of the ninth aspect, when the frame number of the first system frame is different from the frame number of the second system frame, the processing unit is further used to determine that the first system frame is a system frame after the second system frame within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs; or, the processing unit is further used to determine that the first system frame is a system frame within the second system frame period, and the second system frame period is the subsequent system frame period adjacent to the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于执行小区切换，确定所述第一系统帧指示的时刻晚于所述执行小区切换的时刻；所述处理单元还用于获取所述目标小区的系统信息块，所述系统信息块中包括第二星历信息和第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示第三系统帧的帧号和第二子帧的帧号；所述终端设备确定所述第二星历信息的第二生效时刻为所述第三系统帧和第二子帧确定的时刻。In combination with the ninth aspect, in certain implementations of the ninth aspect, the processing unit is also used to perform cell switching, and determine that the moment indicated by the first system frame is later than the moment of performing cell switching; the processing unit is also used to obtain the system information block of the target cell, the system information block including second ephemeris information and second indication information, the second indication information being used to indicate the frame number of the third system frame and the frame number of the second subframe; the terminal device determines that the second effective moment of the second ephemeris information is the moment determined by the third system frame and the second subframe.
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，在所述终端设备获取所述目标小区的系统信息块之前，所述处理单元还用于确定获取所述目标小区的系统信息块所需的时长小于时长门限；或者，所述处理单元还用于确定所述第一生效时刻与所述执行小区切换的时刻之间的时差大于获取所述目标小区的系统信息块所需的时长。In combination with the ninth aspect, in certain implementations of the ninth aspect, before the terminal device obtains the system information block of the target cell, the processing unit is also used to determine that the time required to obtain the system information block of the target cell is less than a time threshold; or, the processing unit is also used to determine that the time difference between the first effective moment and the moment of executing cell switching is greater than the time required to obtain the system information block of the target cell.
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于执行小区切换，并启动第三 定时器，所述第三定时器的结束时刻由所述第二生效时刻和第四时长确定，所述第四时长由所述系统信息块中包括的第四时长的信息确定，其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第三定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第五时长，In conjunction with the ninth aspect, in some implementations of the ninth aspect, the processing unit is further configured to perform cell switching and initiate a third timer, the end time of the third timer is determined by the second effective time and a fourth duration, the fourth duration is determined by information of the fourth duration included in the system information block, wherein the duration between the time of performing the cell switching and the end time of the third timer is a fifth duration,
在所述执行小区切换的时刻早于所述第二生效时刻的情况下，所述第五时长为所述第四时长和第二差值的和值，In the case where the time for executing the cell switching is earlier than the second effective time, the fifth duration is the sum of the fourth duration and the second difference,
在所述执行小区切换的时刻晚于所述第二生效时刻的情况下，所述第五时长为所述第四时长和第二差值的差值，In the case where the time for executing the cell switching is later than the second time for taking effect, the fifth duration is the difference between the fourth duration and the second difference.
其中，所述第二差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第二生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。The second difference is the absolute value of the difference between the time of executing the cell switching and the second effective time.
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于在执行小区切换时根据所述第一星历信息估计所述执行小区切换的时刻对应的第三星历信息，并启动第四定时器，所述第四定时器的结束时刻由所述第一生效时刻和第一时长确定，所述第一时长由所述第一消息中包括的第一时长的信息确定，In combination with the ninth aspect, in some implementations of the ninth aspect, the processing unit is further configured to estimate, when performing cell switching, third ephemeris information corresponding to the moment of performing cell switching according to the first ephemeris information, and start a fourth timer, where the end time of the fourth timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, and the first duration is determined by information of the first duration included in the first message,
其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第四定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第六时长，所述第六时长为所述第一时长和第一差值的和值，所述第一差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第一生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。Among them, the duration between the moment of executing the cell switching and the end moment of the fourth timer is the sixth duration, the sixth duration is the sum of the first duration and the first difference, and the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of executing the cell switching and the first effective moment.
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，在所述第一消息用于指示所述终端设备从源小区切换至所述目标小区的情况下，所述处理单元获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号，包括：所述处理单元在执行切换时，与所述目标小区进行下行同步并获取所述目标小区的主信息块MIB，其中，所述MIB用于获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号。In combination with the ninth aspect, in certain implementations of the ninth aspect, when the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source cell to the target cell, the processing unit obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, including: when performing the switch, the processing unit performs downlink synchronization with the target cell and obtains the master information block MIB of the target cell, wherein the MIB is used to obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell.
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，在所述第一消息中还包括切换条件的信息的情况下，所述处理单元获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号，包括：所述处理单元在接收到所述第一消息时，与所述目标小区进行下行同步并获取所述目标小区的主信息块MIB，所述MIB用于获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号；或者，所述处理单元确定源小区和所述目标小区之间的定时差，并根据承载所述第一消息的第三系统帧和所述定时差确定所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号。In combination with the ninth aspect, in certain implementations of the ninth aspect, when the first message also includes information on switching conditions, the processing unit obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, including: when the processing unit receives the first message, it performs downlink synchronization with the target cell and obtains the master information block MIB of the target cell, and the MIB is used to obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell; or, the processing unit determines the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell, and determines the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell based on the third system frame carrying the first message and the timing difference.
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，所述处理单元确定所述源小区和所述目标小区之间的定时差，包括：所述时差为预定义的；或者，所述接收单元接收来自所述网络设备的指示所述定时差的信息；或者，所述处理单元测量所述目标小区的信号，根据所述测量结果确定所述定时差；或者，所述切换条件的信息指示基于时间的切换条件，所述基于时间的切换条件包括第一时刻，所述第一时刻对应的源小区的系统帧以及所述第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧用于确定所述定时差。In combination with the ninth aspect, in certain implementations of the ninth aspect, the processing unit determines the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell, including: the time difference is predefined; or, the receiving unit receives information indicating the timing difference from the network device; or, the processing unit measures the signal of the target cell and determines the timing difference based on the measurement result; or, the information on the switching condition indicates a time-based switching condition, and the time-based switching condition includes a first moment, and the system frame of the source cell corresponding to the first moment and the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment are used to determine the timing difference.
结合第九方面，在第九方面的某些实现方式中，所述第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧的帧号携带在所述第一消息中；或者，所述接收单元还用于收来自网络设备的第二消息，所述第二消息中包括所述第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧号的帧号。In combination with the ninth aspect, in certain implementations of the ninth aspect, the frame number of the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment is carried in the first message; or, the receiving unit is also used to receive a second message from the network device, and the second message includes the frame number of the system frame number of the target cell corresponding to the first moment.
以上第九方面及其可能的设计所示方法的有益效果可参照第一方面及其可能的设计中的有益效果。The beneficial effects of the method shown in the above ninth aspect and its possible design can refer to the beneficial effects in the first aspect and its possible design.
第十方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置用于执行上述第二方面提供的方法。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided, wherein the device is used to execute the method provided in the second aspect.
该装置包括：接收单元，用于接收来自网络设备的第三消息，所述第三消息中包括第四星历信息、第三指示信息和第七时长的信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第四星历信息生效的第二时刻；处理单元，用于执行小区切换，并启动第五定时器，所述第五定时器的结束时刻由所述第二时刻和所述第七时长确定，其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第五定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第八时长，在所述执行小区切换的时刻早于所述第二时刻的情况下，所述第八时长为所述第七时长和第三差值的和值，在所述执行小区切换的时刻晚于所述第二时刻的情况下，所述第八时长为所述第七时长和第三差值的差值，其中，所述第三差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第二时刻之间的差值的绝对值。The device includes: a receiving unit, used for receiving a third message from a network device, wherein the third message includes fourth ephemeris information, third indication information and information of a seventh duration, wherein the third indication information is used for indicating a second moment when the fourth ephemeris information takes effect; a processing unit, used for executing a cell switch and starting a fifth timer, wherein the end moment of the fifth timer is determined by the second moment and the seventh duration, wherein the duration between the moment of executing the cell switch and the end moment of the fifth timer is an eighth duration, and in a case where the moment of executing the cell switch is earlier than the second moment, the eighth duration is the sum of the seventh duration and the third difference, and in a case where the moment of executing the cell switch is later than the second moment, the eighth duration is the difference between the seventh duration and the third difference, wherein the third difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of executing the cell switch and the second moment.
结合第十方面，在第十方面的某些实现方式中，所述第三指示信息为NTN参数信息中的纪元时间epoch time信息；或者，所述第三指示信息指示的第二时刻为所述第三消息中包括的基于时间的切换条件隐式指示的第二时刻。In combination with the tenth aspect, in certain implementations of the tenth aspect, the third indication information is the epoch time information in the NTN parameter information; or, the second moment indicated by the third indication information is the second moment implicitly indicated by the time-based switching condition included in the third message.
以上第十方面及其可能的设计所示方法的有益效果可参照第二方面及其可能的设计中的有益效果。The beneficial effects of the method shown in the above tenth aspect and its possible design can refer to the beneficial effects in the second aspect and its possible design.
第十一方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置用于执行上述第三方面提供的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided, wherein the device is used to execute the method provided in the third aspect.
该装置包括：处理单元，用于确定第三消息，所述第三消息中包括第四星历信息、第三指示信息 和第七时长的信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第四星历信息生效的第二时刻；发送单元，用于向终端设备发送所述第三消息。其中，第二时刻为一个绝对的时刻。The device includes: a processing unit, which is used to determine a third message, wherein the third message includes fourth ephemeris information, third indication information and seventh time length information, the third indication information is used to indicate the second time when the fourth ephemeris information takes effect; and a sending unit is used to send the third message to the terminal device. The second time is an absolute time.
结合第十一方面，在第十一方面的某些实现方式中，所述第三指示信息为NTN参数信息中的纪元时间epoch time信息；或者，所述第三指示信息指示的第二时刻为所述第三消息中包括的基于时间的切换条件隐式指示的第二时刻。In combination with the eleventh aspect, in certain implementations of the eleventh aspect, the third indication information is the epoch time information in the NTN parameter information; or, the second moment indicated by the third indication information is the second moment implicitly indicated by the time-based switching condition included in the third message.
以上第十一方面及其可能的设计所示方法的技术效果可参照第三方面及其可能的设计中的技术效果。The technical effects of the method shown in the above eleventh aspect and its possible design can refer to the technical effects in the third aspect and its possible design.
第十二方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置用于执行上述第四方面提供的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a communication device is provided, which is used to execute the method provided in the fourth aspect.
该装置包括：接收单元，用于接收来自网络设备的第四消息，所述第四消息中包括至少两个星历信息、至少两个时长的信息和第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述多个星历信息中第一个星历信息的生效时刻；处理单元，用于执行小区切换时使用第五星历信息，所述处理单元还用于确定所述第五星历信息的生效时刻；其中，所述第五星历信息为所述至少两个星历信息中的第N个星历信息，所述第五星历信息的生效时刻由所述第四指示信息指示的第四系统帧号和第三子帧号以及第五星历信息之前的N-1个星历信息分别对应的N-1个时长的信息确定。The device includes: a receiving unit, used for receiving a fourth message from a network device, wherein the fourth message includes at least two ephemeris information, at least two duration information and fourth indication information, wherein the fourth indication information is used for indicating the effective time of the first ephemeris information among the multiple ephemeris information; a processing unit, used for using the fifth ephemeris information when performing cell switching, and the processing unit is also used for determining the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information; wherein the fifth ephemeris information is the Nth ephemeris information among the at least two ephemeris information, and the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information is determined by the fourth system frame number and the third subframe number indicated by the fourth indication information and the N-1 duration information corresponding to the N-1 ephemeris information before the fifth ephemeris information.
以上第十二方面及其可能的设计所示方法的有益效果可参照第四方面及其可能的设计中的有益效果。The beneficial effects of the method shown in the above twelfth aspect and its possible design can refer to the beneficial effects in the fourth aspect and its possible design.
第十三方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置用于执行上述第五方面提供的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, which is used to execute the method provided in the fifth aspect.
该装置包括：接收单元，用于接收来自服务小区所属的网络设备的专用信令，所述专用信令中包括系统信息块，所述系统信息块包括所述服务小区的星历信息；处理单元，用于确定所述系统信息块中未包括指示所述服务小区的星历信息生效时刻的信息；所述处理单元还用于将调度所述系统信息块的系统消息窗SI window的结束时刻作为所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻，其中，所述SI window为所述专用信令位于的SI window，或者为所述专用信令相邻的SI window。The device includes: a receiving unit, used for receiving dedicated signaling from a network device to which a service cell belongs, wherein the dedicated signaling includes a system information block, and the system information block includes the ephemeris information of the service cell; a processing unit, used for determining that the system information block does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell; the processing unit is also used for taking the end time of a system message window SI window for scheduling the system information block as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell, wherein the SI window is the SI window where the dedicated signaling is located, or is an SI window adjacent to the dedicated signaling.
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的某些实现方式中，在所述系统信息块中未包括指示邻区的星历信息生效时刻的信息的情况下，所述处理单元还用于将所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻作为所述邻区的星历信息生效时刻。In combination with the thirteenth aspect, in certain implementations of the thirteenth aspect, when the system information block does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, the processing unit is also used to use the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
以上第十三方面及其可能的设计所示方法的有益效果可参照第五方面及其可能的设计中的有益效果。The beneficial effects of the method shown in the above thirteenth aspect and its possible design can refer to the beneficial effects in the fifth aspect and its possible design.
第十四方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置用于执行上述第六方面提供的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, which is used to execute the method provided in the sixth aspect.
该装置包括：接收单元，用于接收来自服务小区所属的网络设备的专用信令，所述专用信令中包括系统信息块，所述系统信息块包括所述服务小区的星历信息；处理单元，用于确定所述系统信息块中未包括指示所述服务小区的星历信息生效时刻的信息；所述接收单元还用于接收来自服务小区所属的网络设备的指示所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻的第一信息，所述第一信息不位于所述系统信息块中。The device includes: a receiving unit, used to receive dedicated signaling from a network device to which a serving cell belongs, wherein the dedicated signaling includes a system information block, and the system information block includes the ephemeris information of the serving cell; a processing unit, used to determine that the system information block does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell; the receiving unit is also used to receive first information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell from the network device to which the serving cell belongs, and the first information is not located in the system information block.
结合第十四方面，在第十四方面的某些实现方式中，在所述系统信息块中未包括指示邻区的星历信息生效时刻的信息的情况下，所述处理单元还用于将所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻作为所述邻区的星历信息生效时刻。In combination with the fourteenth aspect, in certain implementations of the fourteenth aspect, when the system information block does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, the processing unit is also used to use the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
以上第十四方面及其可能的设计所示方法的有益效果可参照第六方面及其可能的设计中的有益效果。The beneficial effects of the method shown in the above fourteenth aspect and its possible design can refer to the beneficial effects in the sixth aspect and its possible design.
第十五方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置用于执行上述第七方面提供的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, which is used to execute the method provided in the seventh aspect.
该装置包括：接收单元，用于接收来自服务小区所属的网络设备第五消息，所述第五消息中包括所述服务小区的星历信息和第五指示信息，第五指示信息用于指示服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻，所述第五消息中包括邻区的星历信息，且未包括指示邻区的星历信息生效时刻的信息；处理单元，用于将所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻作为所述邻区的星历信息生效时刻。The device includes: a receiving unit, used to receive a fifth message from a network device to which a serving cell belongs, the fifth message including the ephemeris information of the serving cell and fifth indication information, the fifth indication information being used to indicate the time at which the ephemeris information of the serving cell takes effect, the fifth message including the ephemeris information of a neighboring cell, and not including information indicating the time at which the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell takes effect; and a processing unit, used to use the time at which the ephemeris information of the serving cell takes effect as the time at which the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell takes effect.
结合第十五方面，在第十五方面的某些实现方式中，所述第五指示信息用于指示第六系统帧的帧号，所述处理单元还用于确定所述第六系统帧为所述第七系统帧；或者，所述处理单元还用于所述第六系统帧为所述第七系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第七系统帧之前的系统帧；或者，所述处理单元还用于确定所述第六系统帧为所述第七系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第七系统帧之后的系统帧；或 者，所述处理单元还用于确定所述第六系统帧为第四系统帧周期内的系统帧，其中，所述第四系统帧周期为所述第七系统帧所属的系统帧周期相邻的系统帧周期。In combination with the fifteenth aspect, in certain implementations of the fifteenth aspect, the fifth indication information is used to indicate the frame number of the sixth system frame, and the processing unit is further used to determine that the sixth system frame is the seventh system frame; or, the processing unit is further used to determine that the sixth system frame is a system frame before the seventh system frame within the system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs; or, the processing unit is further used to determine that the sixth system frame is a system frame after the seventh system frame within the system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs; or Alternatively, the processing unit is further configured to determine that the sixth system frame is a system frame within a fourth system frame period, wherein the fourth system frame period is a system frame period adjacent to a system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs.
以上第十五方面及其可能的设计所示方法的有益效果可参照第七方面及其可能的设计中的有益效果。The beneficial effects of the method shown in the above fifteenth aspect and its possible design can refer to the beneficial effects in the seventh aspect and its possible design.
第十六方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置用于执行上述第八方面提供的方法。In the sixteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, which is used to execute the method provided in the eighth aspect.
该装置包括：接收单元，用于接收来自服务小区所属的网络设备的系统信息块，所述系统信息块中包括所述服务小区的星历信息和邻区的星历信息，且未包括用于指示所述服务小区的星历信息生效时刻的信息以及指示邻区的星历信息生效时刻的信息；处理单元，用于将调度所述系统信息块的系统消息窗SI window的结束时刻作为所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻和所述邻区的星历信息生效时刻。The device comprises: a receiving unit, used for receiving a system information block from a network device to which a service cell belongs, wherein the system information block includes the ephemeris information of the service cell and the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, but does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell and the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell; and a processing unit, used for taking the end time of the system message window SI window for scheduling the system information block as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell and the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
以上第十六方面及其可能的设计所示方法的有益效果可参照第八方面及其可能的设计中的有益效果。The beneficial effects of the method shown in the above sixteenth aspect and its possible design can refer to the beneficial effects in the eighth aspect and its possible design.
第十七方面，提供了一种通信装置，该装置用于执行上述第一方面至第八方面提供的方法。具体地，该通信装置可以包括用于执行第一方面至第八方面的任意一种实现方式提供的方法的单元和/或模块，如处理单元和获取单元。In the seventeenth aspect, a communication device is provided, which is used to execute the method provided in the first to eighth aspects. Specifically, the communication device may include units and/or modules, such as a processing unit and an acquisition unit, for executing the method provided in any one of the implementation modes of the first to eighth aspects.
在一种实现方式中，收发单元可以是收发器，或，输入/输出接口；处理单元可以是至少一个处理器。可选地，收发器可以为收发电路。可选地，输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。In one implementation, the transceiver unit may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface; the processing unit may be at least one processor. Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
在另一种实现方式中，收发单元可以是该芯片、芯片系统或电路上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等；处理单元可以是至少一个处理器、处理电路或逻辑电路等。In another implementation, the transceiver unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip, chip system or circuit; the processing unit may be at least one processor, processing circuit or logic circuit.
第十八方面，本申请提供一种处理器，用于执行上述各方面提供的方法。在执行这些方法的过程中，上述方法中有关发送上述信息和获取/接收上述信息的过程，可以理解为由处理器输出上述信息的过程，以及处理器接收输入的上述信息的过程。在输出上述信息时，处理器将该上述信息输出给收发器，以便由收发器进行发射。该上述信息在由处理器输出之后，还可能需要进行其他的处理，然后再到达收发器。类似的，处理器接收输入的上述信息时，收发器获取/接收该上述信息，并将其输入处理器。更进一步的，在收发器收到该上述信息之后，该上述信息可能需要进行其他的处理，然后再输入处理器。In an eighteenth aspect, the present application provides a processor for executing the methods provided in the above aspects. In the process of executing these methods, the process of sending the above information and obtaining/receiving the above information in the above methods can be understood as the process of the processor outputting the above information and the process of the processor receiving the input above information. When outputting the above information, the processor outputs the above information to the transceiver so that it can be transmitted by the transceiver. After being output by the processor, the above information may also need to be processed otherwise before reaching the transceiver. Similarly, when the processor receives the input information, the transceiver obtains/receives the above information and inputs it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the above information, the above information may need to be processed otherwise before being input into the processor.
基于上述原理，举例来说，前述方法中提及的接收请求消息可以理解为处理器接收输入的信息。Based on the above principle, for example, the receiving request message mentioned in the above method can be understood as the processor receiving input information.
对于处理器所涉及的发射、发送和获取/接收等操作，如果没有特殊说明，或者，如果未与其在相关描述中的实际作用或者内在逻辑相抵触，则均可以更加一般性的理解为处理器输出和接收、输入等操作，而不是直接由射频电路和天线所进行的发射、发送和接收操作。For the operations such as transmission, sending and acquisition/reception involved in the processor, unless otherwise specified, or unless they conflict with their actual functions or internal logic in the relevant descriptions, they can be more generally understood as processor output, reception, input and other operations, rather than transmission, sending and receiving operations performed directly by the RF circuit and antenna.
在实现过程中，上述处理器可以是专门用于执行这些方法的处理器，也可以是执行存储器中的计算机指令来执行这些方法的处理器，例如通用处理器。上述存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器，例如只读存储器(read only memory，ROM)，其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上，也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上，本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。In the implementation process, the processor may be a processor specifically used to execute these methods, or may be a processor that executes computer instructions in a memory to execute these methods, such as a general-purpose processor. The memory may be a non-transitory memory, such as a read-only memory (ROM), which may be integrated with the processor on the same chip or may be separately arranged on different chips. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of memory and the arrangement of the memory and the processor.
第十九方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读介质存储用于设备执行的程序代码，该程序代码包括用于执行上述第一方面至第八方面提供的任一方法。In a nineteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, which stores a program code for execution by a device, wherein the program code includes a method for executing any one of the methods provided in the first to eighth aspects above.
第二十方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第八方面提供的任一方法。In the twentieth aspect, a computer program product comprising instructions is provided. When the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is enabled to execute any one of the methods provided in the first to eighth aspects above.
第二十一方面，提供一种芯片，该芯片包括处理器与通信接口，该处理器通过该通信接口读取存储器上存储的指令，执行上述第一方面至第八方面提供的任一方法。In the twenty-first aspect, a chip is provided, which includes a processor and a communication interface, and the processor reads instructions stored in a memory through the communication interface to execute any one of the methods provided in the first to eighth aspects above.
可选地，作为一种实现方式，该芯片还可以包括存储器，该存储器中存储有指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器上存储的指令，当该指令被执行时，该处理器用于执行上述第一方面至第八方面提供的任一方法。Optionally, as an implementation method, the chip may also include a memory, in which instructions are stored, and the processor is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory. When the instructions are executed, the processor is used to execute any one of the methods provided in the first to eighth aspects above.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1是适用于本申请实施例的网络架构的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
图2是适用于本申请实施例的通信系统的一种架构的示意图。 FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an architecture of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
图3是一种地面蜂窝网络的切换流程的示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a handover process of a terrestrial cellular network.
图4是epoch time指示SFN和子帧的示意图。FIG4 is a schematic diagram showing epoch time indicating SFN and subframe.
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图6中的(a)至(c)是本申请实施例提供的第一时长和第二时长的示意图。(a) to (c) in FIG. 6 are schematic diagrams of the first duration and the second duration provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图7中的(a)和(b)是本申请实施例提供的第一时长和第三时长的示意图。(a) and (b) in FIG. 7 are schematic diagrams of the first duration and the third duration provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG8 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种调度SIB19的SI window示意图。Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of an SI window for scheduling SIB19 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图13是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG13 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图14是本申请实施例提供的通信装置10的示意性框图。FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图15是本申请实施例提供另一种通信装置20的示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another communication device 20 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图16是本申请实施例提供一种芯片系统30的示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a chip system 30 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：长期演进(LTE)系统、先进的长期演进(LTE-A)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access，WiMAX)通信系统、下一代通信系统(例如，第五代(fifth-generation，5G)通信系统)、多种接入系统的融合系统，或演进系统、5G移动通信系统的三大应用场景增强移动带宽(enhanced Mobile Broadband，eMBB)，超高可靠性超低时延通信(ultra-reliable low-latency communication，URLLC)和增强型机器类通信(enhanced Machine Type Communication，eMTC)，或者将来出现的新的通信系统。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统，如第六代移动通信系统等。本申请对此不作限定。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, Advanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) communication system, next generation communication system (e.g., fifth-generation (5G) communication system), converged system of multiple access systems, or evolution system, three major application scenarios of 5G mobile communication system, enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable low-latency communication (URLLC) and enhanced Machine Type Communication (eMTC), or new communication systems that will appear in the future. The technical solutions provided in the present application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system. This application does not limit this.
本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于机器类通信(machine type communication，MTC)、机器间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-machine，LTE-M)、设备到设备(device-to device，D2D)网络、机器到机器(machine to machine，M2M)网络、物联网(internet of things，IoT)网络或者其他网络。其中，IoT网络例如可以包括车联网。其中，车联网系统中的通信方式统称为车到其他设备(vehicle to X，V2X，X可以代表任何事物)，例如，该V2X可以包括：车辆到车辆(vehicle to vehicle，V2V)通信，车辆与基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure，V2I)通信、车辆与行人之间的通信(vehicle to pedestrian，V2P)或车辆与网络(vehicle to network，V2N)通信等。The technical solution provided in the present application can also be applied to machine type communication (MTC), long term evolution-machine (LTE-M), device-to-device (D2D) network, machine-to-machine (M2M) network, Internet of Things (IoT) network or other networks. Among them, IoT network can include vehicle networking, for example. Among them, the communication mode in the vehicle networking system is collectively referred to as vehicle to other devices (vehicle to X, V2X, X can represent anything), for example, the V2X can include: vehicle to vehicle (V2V) communication, vehicle to infrastructure (V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian (V2P) communication or vehicle to network (V2N) communication, etc.
本申请实施例中的网络设备，也可以称为(无线)接入网设备(radio access network，(R)AN)，(R)AN能够管理无线资源，为用户设备提供接入服务，完成用户设备数据在用户设备和核心网之间的转发，(R)AN也可以理解为网络中的基站，是一种部署在无线接入网中为移动台(mobile station,MS)提供无线通信功能的装置。The network device in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a (radio) access network device (radio access network, (R)AN). The (R)AN can manage wireless resources, provide access services for user equipment, and complete the forwarding of user equipment data between the user equipment and the core network. The (R)AN can also be understood as a base station in the network, which is a device deployed in a wireless access network to provide wireless communication functions for mobile stations (mobile stations, MS).
示例性地，本申请实施例中的接入网设备可以是用于与用户设备通信的任意一种具有无线收发功能的通信设备。该接入网设备包括但不限于：演进型节点B(evolved Node B，eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(Node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)、家庭基站(home evolved NodeB，HeNB，或home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(baseBand unit，BBU)，无线保真(wireless fidelity，WiFi)系统中的接入点(access point，AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point，TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point，TRP)等，还可以为5G，如NR系统中的gNB，或传输点(TRP或TP)，5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板，或者，还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点，如基带单元(BBU)，或分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)等。可以理解，本申请中的接入网设备的全部或部分功能也可以通过在硬件上运行的软件功能来实现，或者通过平台(例 如云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能来实现。Exemplarily, the access network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any communication device with wireless transceiver function for communicating with user equipment. The access network equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home evolved NodeB (HeNB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), access point (AP) in wireless fidelity (WiFi) system, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., and can also be 5G, such as gNB in NR system, or transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group of (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in 5G system, or, it can also be a network node constituting a gNB or a transmission point, such as a baseband unit (BBU), or a distributed unit (DU), etc. It is understood that all or part of the functions of the access network device in the present application can also be implemented by software functions running on hardware, or by a platform (e.g. This is achieved by instantiating virtualization functions on a cloud platform.
在一些部署中，gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit，AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能，DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如，CU负责处理非实时协议和服务，实现无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)，分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务，实现无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)层和物理(physical，PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。RRC层的信息由CU生成，最终会经过DU的PHY层封装变成PHY层信息，或者，由PHY层的信息转变而来。因而，在这种架构下，高层信令如RRC层信令，也可以认为是由DU发送的，或者，由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是，接入网设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外，可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network，RAN)中的接入网设备，也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network，CN)中的接入网设备，本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU). The CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB. For example, the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements the functions of the radio resource control (RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layers. The DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implements the functions of the radio link control (RLC), media access control (MAC) and physical (PHY) layers. The AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, RF processing and related functions of active antennas. The information of the RRC layer is generated by the CU, and will eventually be encapsulated by the PHY layer of the DU to become the PHY layer information, or, it is converted from the PHY layer information. Therefore, in this architecture, high-level signaling such as RRC layer signaling can also be considered to be sent by the DU, or, sent by the DU+AAU. It is understandable that the access network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU may be classified as an access network device in an access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU may be classified as an access network device in a core network (core network, CN), and this application does not limit this.
本申请实施例中的终端设备，也可以称为用户设备(user equipment，UE)、终端、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。本申请的实施例中的终端可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，5G网络中的终端或者未来演进网络中的终端等。The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), terminal, access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device. The terminal in the embodiments of the present application can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in self driving, a wireless terminal in remote medical, a wireless terminal in smart grid, a wireless terminal in transportation safety, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a wireless terminal in a smart home, a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld device with wireless communication function, a computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a terminal in a 5G network or a terminal in a future evolution network, etc.
其中，可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。Among them, wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which are a general term for the intelligent design and development of wearable devices for daily wear using wearable technology, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. Wearable devices are portable devices that are worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only hardware devices, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly speaking, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, and independent of smartphones to achieve complete or partial functions, such as smart watches or smart glasses, as well as those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be used in conjunction with other devices such as smartphones, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for vital sign monitoring.
本申请实施例中，用于实现网络设备功能的通信装置可以是网络设备，也可以是具有基站部分功能的网络设备，也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置，例如芯片系统，该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。In an embodiment of the present application, the communication device used to implement the function of the network device may be a network device, or a network device having some functions of a base station, or a device that can support the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, which can be installed in the network device.
在实际的网络部署中，地面网络不可能覆盖所有区域，特别是沙漠、海洋、南北极等人员少的地区。非地面网络NTN网络覆盖范围广，更容易在人少的地方提供覆盖，适合在人少的地区部署。本申请实施例适用于非地面网络NTN网络通信中，NTN网络是指使用卫星(或无人机系统(Unmanned Aircraft System，UAS)平台)星载上的射频的网络或网络段。下面以卫星通信系统为例，详细介绍本申请的技术方案。In actual network deployment, it is impossible for a terrestrial network to cover all areas, especially deserts, oceans, and areas with few people such as the North and South Poles. The non-terrestrial network NTN network has a wide coverage area and is easier to provide coverage in places with few people, so it is suitable for deployment in areas with few people. The embodiment of the present application is applicable to non-terrestrial network NTN network communications. The NTN network refers to a network or network segment that uses radio frequency on a satellite (or an unmanned aircraft system (UAS) platform). Taking the satellite communication system as an example, the technical solution of the present application is described in detail below.
在卫星通信系统中网络设备可以包括卫星。TR38.821定义了5种基于NTN的RAN架构，包括：In satellite communication systems, network equipment may include satellites. TR38.821 defines five NTN-based RAN architectures, including:
1)透明卫星架构(RAN architecture with transparent satellite)，在transparent场景中，卫星的作用是：无线频率过滤(Radio Frequency filtering),频率转换和放大(Frequency conversion and amplification)即卫星主要是作为L1relay，将物理层信号重新生成，并不具有其他更高协议层。1) RAN architecture with transparent satellite. In the transparent scenario, the role of the satellite is: Radio Frequency filtering, frequency conversion and amplification. That is, the satellite mainly acts as an L1 relay to regenerate the physical layer signal and does not have other higher protocol layers.
2)不具有星间链路的再生卫星，具有基站的处理功能(Regenerative satellite without ISL，gNB processed payload)，其中ISL指的是卫星间链路(inter-satellite link)。在这种架构中，卫星作为基站。2) Regenerative satellite without ISL, with base station processing function (Regenerative satellite without ISL, gNB processed payload), where ISL refers to inter-satellite link. In this architecture, the satellite acts as a base station.
3)具有星间链路的再生卫星，具有基站的处理功能(Regenerative satellite with ISL,gNB processed payload)。3) Regenerative satellite with ISL, gNB processed payload.
4)具有基站的DU处理功能的再生卫星(NG-RAN with a regenerative satellite based on gNB-DU)。4) NG-RAN with a regenerative satellite based on gNB-DU.
5)具有IAB功能的基站(gNB processed payload based on relay-like architectures)这个场景中，卫 星是作为接入和回传链路(integrated access and backhaul，IAB)。5) In the scenario of base station with IAB function (gNB processed payload based on relay-like architectures), the The star serves as an access and backhaul link (integrated access and backhaul, IAB).
图1是适用于本申请实施例的网络架构的示意图。地面移动终端UE通过5G新空口接入网络，5G接入网设备部署在卫星上，并通过无线链路与地面的核心网相连。同时，在卫星之间存在无线链路，完成接入网设备与接入网设备之间的信令交互和用户数据传输。图1中的各个网元以及网元之间的接口说明如下：FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture applicable to an embodiment of the present application. A ground mobile terminal UE accesses the network through a 5G new air interface, and a 5G access network device is deployed on a satellite and connected to the core network on the ground through a wireless link. At the same time, there is a wireless link between satellites to complete the signaling interaction and user data transmission between access network devices. The various network elements in FIG1 and the interfaces between network elements are described as follows:
终端设备：支持5G新空口的移动设备，典型的比如手机，pad等移动设备。可以通过空口接入卫星网络并发起呼叫，上网等业务。Terminal device: A mobile device that supports the 5G new air interface, typically a mobile phone, pad, etc. It can access the satellite network through the air interface and initiate calls, surf the Internet, and other services.
5G接入网设备：主要是提供无线接入服务，调度无线资源给接入终端，提供可靠的无线传输协议和数据加密协议等，例如，基站等。5G access network equipment: mainly provides wireless access services, dispatches wireless resources to access terminals, provides reliable wireless transmission protocols and data encryption protocols, such as base stations.
5G核心网：用户接入控制，移动性管理，会话管理，用户安全认证，计费等业务。它有多个功能单元组成，可以分为控制面和数据面的功能实体。接入与移动管理单元(AMF)，负责用户接入管理，安全认证，还有移动性管理。用户面单元(UPF)负责管理用户面数据的传输，流量统计等功能。5G core network: user access control, mobility management, session management, user security authentication, billing and other services. It consists of multiple functional units, which can be divided into functional entities of the control plane and the data plane. The access and mobility management unit (AMF) is responsible for user access management, security authentication, and mobility management. The user plane unit (UPF) is responsible for managing the transmission of user plane data, traffic statistics and other functions.
地面站:负责转发卫星接入网设备和5G核心网之间的信令和业务数据。Ground station: responsible for forwarding signaling and business data between satellite access network equipment and 5G core network.
5G新空口：终端和接入网设备之间的无线链路。5G New Air Interface: The wireless link between the terminal and access network equipment.
Xn接口：5G接入网设备和接入网设备之间的接口，主要用于切换等信令交互。Xn interface: The interface between 5G access network equipment and access network equipment, mainly used for signaling interaction such as switching.
NG接口：5G接入网设备和5G核心网之间接口，主要交互核心网的NAS等信令，以及用户的业务数据。NG interface: The interface between 5G access network equipment and 5G core network, which mainly interacts with the core network's NAS and other signaling, as well as user business data.
图2是适用于本申请实施例的通信系统的一种架构的示意图。如图2所示，该通信系统可以包括至少一个网络设备，例如图1所示的卫星设备；该通信系统还可以包括至少一个终端设备，例如图1所示的终端设备。网络设备与终端设备可通过无线链路通信。FIG2 is a schematic diagram of an architecture of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG2, the communication system may include at least one network device, such as the satellite device shown in FIG1; the communication system may also include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device shown in FIG1. The network device and the terminal device may communicate via a wireless link.
在本申请实施例中，终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层，以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit，MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统，例如，Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且，本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定，只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序，以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可，例如，本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备，或者，是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and a memory (also called main memory). The operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through a process, such as a Linux operating system, a Unix operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or a Windows operating system. The application layer includes applications such as a browser, an address book, a word processing software, and an instant messaging software. In addition, the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application. As long as it is possible to communicate according to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application by running a program that records the code of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, for example, the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or the network device that can call and execute a program.
另外，本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如，计算机可读介质可以包括，但不限于：磁存储器件(例如，硬盘、软盘或磁带等)，光盘(例如，压缩盘(compact disc，CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc，DVD)等)，智能卡和闪存器件(例如，可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory，EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外，本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读存储介质”可包括但不限于，无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。In addition, various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "product" used in this application covers computer programs that can be accessed from any computer-readable device, carrier or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (e.g., hard disks, floppy disks or tapes, etc.), optical disks (e.g., compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (DVDs), etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (e.g., erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.). In addition, the various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable storage medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
应理解，图2是以网络设备与终端设备通信为例，简单说明本申请能够应用的一个通信场景，不对本申请可以应用的其他场景产生限制。还应理解，图2仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图，该通信系统中还可以包括其他网络设备或者还可以包括其他终端设备，图2中未予以画出。It should be understood that FIG2 takes the communication between a network device and a terminal device as an example to simply illustrate a communication scenario to which the present application can be applied, and does not limit other scenarios to which the present application can be applied. It should also be understood that FIG2 is only a simplified schematic diagram for ease of understanding, and the communication system may also include other network devices or other terminal devices, which are not drawn in FIG2.
应理解，该无线通信系统中的网络设备可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备。该设备包括但不限于：基站控制器(Base Station Controller，BSC)、基站收发台(Base Transceiver Station，BTS)等，还可以为5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板等，或者，还可以为卫星等。It should be understood that the network device in the wireless communication system can be any device with wireless transceiver function. The device includes but is not limited to: Base Station Controller (BSC), Base Transceiver Station (BTS), etc., and can also be one or a group of antenna panels (including multiple antenna panels) of a base station in a 5G system, or a satellite, etc.
还应理解。图2中仅示出一个网络设备和一个终端设备，作为示例，该通信系统不限于包括更多终端设备，例如，卫星通信网落中，卫星可以覆盖多个终端设备进行通信。每个终端设备也不限于和一个网络设备进行通信，例如，卫星发生移动后，终端设备可能需要重新选择卫星进行接入通信。 It should also be understood that FIG. 2 only shows one network device and one terminal device. As an example, the communication system is not limited to including more terminal devices. For example, in a satellite communication network, a satellite can cover multiple terminal devices for communication. Each terminal device is also not limited to communicating with one network device. For example, after the satellite moves, the terminal device may need to reselect a satellite for access communication.
图1和图2介绍了本申请实施例适用的通信系统，为了便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案，首先对本申请实施例涉及到的一些术语或概念进行简单描述。Figures 1 and 2 introduce a communication system applicable to the embodiments of the present application. In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, some terms or concepts involved in the embodiments of the present application are first briefly described.
1、NTN网络：是指使用卫星(或UAS平台)星载上的射频的网络或网络段。卫星通信具有覆盖范围广、通信距离远、可靠性高、灵活性大、吞吐高等优点，不受地理环境、气候条件和自然灾害的影响，已经被广泛应用于航空通信、海事通信、军事通信等领域。将卫星引入到5G中，可为地面网络难以覆盖的区域，如海洋、森林等提供通信服务，可以增强5G通信的可靠性，如为火车、飞机以及这些交通工具上的用户提供更稳定更优质的通信服务，还可以提供更多的数据传输资源，支持更多数量的连接。得益于现如今“任意时间、任意地点”通信的概念，卫星通信网络的地位在未来还将进一步的提升。1. NTN network: refers to a network or network segment that uses radio frequencies on satellites (or UAS platforms). Satellite communications have the advantages of wide coverage, long communication distance, high reliability, high flexibility, and high throughput. They are not affected by geographical environment, climatic conditions, and natural disasters, and have been widely used in aviation communications, maritime communications, military communications, and other fields. Introducing satellites into 5G can provide communication services for areas that are difficult for ground networks to cover, such as oceans and forests, and can enhance the reliability of 5G communications, such as providing more stable and high-quality communication services for trains, airplanes, and users on these vehicles. It can also provide more data transmission resources and support a greater number of connections. Thanks to the current concept of "any time, any place" communication, the status of satellite communication networks will be further enhanced in the future.
2、卫星的轨道：包括低轨道(low earth orbit，LEO)、中轨道(mid earth orbit，MEO)和静止轨道(geo-stationary orbit，GEO)。其中，LEO：轨道高度为160～2 000km；MEO：轨道高度为7 000～25000km；GEO：轨道高度为35 786km，运行在此轨道上的卫星与地球的相对位置不受地球自转的影响。2. Satellite orbits: including low earth orbit (LEO), mid earth orbit (MEO) and geostationary orbit (GEO). Among them, LEO: orbit altitude is 160-2,000 km; MEO: orbit altitude is 7,000-25,000 km; GEO: orbit altitude is 35,786 km. The relative position of satellites in this orbit and the earth is not affected by the earth's rotation.
非地球同步轨道(Non-Geosynchronous orbit，NGSO)包括高度约300公里至1500公里的低地球轨道和高度约7000公里至25000公里的中地球轨道。Non-Geosynchronous orbit (NGSO) includes low-Earth orbit with an altitude of about 300 km to 1500 km and medium-Earth orbit with an altitude of about 7000 km to 25000 km.
3、NTN参数信息：也可以称为卫星辅助信息，指的是终端设备通过NTN接入通信系统所需要的信息。3. NTN parameter information: also known as satellite auxiliary information, refers to the information required for terminal equipment to access the communication system through NTN.
示例性地，该NTN参数信息包括卫星星历信息和公共定时提前(timing advance，TA)参数信息等。其中，卫星星历信息用于指示卫星的位置包含轨道参数，或基于轨道参数计算得到的卫星所在方位等参数，可以理解的是，卫星的星历信息可以用于计算、预测、描绘、或跟踪卫星飞行的时间、位置、速度等状态。Exemplarily, the NTN parameter information includes satellite ephemeris information and public timing advance (TA) parameter information, etc. Among them, the satellite ephemeris information is used to indicate the position of the satellite, including orbital parameters, or parameters such as the satellite position calculated based on the orbital parameters. It can be understood that the satellite ephemeris information can be used to calculate, predict, depict, or track the time, position, speed, and other states of the satellite flight.
因为卫星是实时运动的，卫星的位置也在实时变化。目前NTN网络会发送某一时刻的卫星星历信息，并指示该星历信息的时刻(epoch time)和NTN-U1有效持续时长(ntn-Ul SyncValidity Duration)。其中，epoch time可以理解为表示星历信息的开始生效的时间；ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration表示终端设备在没有获取新的星历信息的情况下可以应用接收到的星历信息的时长。Because the satellite is moving in real time, the position of the satellite is also changing in real time. At present, the NTN network will send the satellite ephemeris information at a certain moment, and indicate the time of the ephemeris information (epoch time) and the effective duration of NTN-U1 (ntn-Ul SyncValidity Duration). Among them, epoch time can be understood as the time when the ephemeris information starts to take effect; ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration indicates the length of time that the terminal device can apply the received ephemeris information without obtaining new ephemeris information.
具体地，epoch time参数由系统帧号(system frame number，SFN)和子帧号(sub Frame)表示。SFN取值从0-1023循环，一个系统帧由10个子帧构成，一个子帧为1ms。即10.24秒进行一次SFN的循环。对于NGSO场景，ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration最大值为240秒，对于GSO场景，ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration最大值可以为900秒。Specifically, the epoch time parameter is represented by the system frame number (SFN) and the subframe number (sub Frame). The SFN value is cyclic from 0 to 1023. A system frame consists of 10 subframes, and a subframe is 1ms. That is, the SFN cycle is performed once every 10.24 seconds. For the NGSO scenario, the maximum value of ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration is 240 seconds. For the GSO scenario, the maximum value of ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration can be 900 seconds.
4、NTN参数信息传递：NTN小区广播的系统消息块SIB19包含着终端设备通过NTN接入NR需要NTN参数信息，由上述可知NTN参数信息包括卫星星历信息、公共定时提前TA参数信息、epoch time参数信息、ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration参数信息等。4. NTN parameter information transmission: The system message block SIB19 broadcast by the NTN cell contains the NTN parameter information required for the terminal equipment to access the NR through the NTN. From the above, it can be seen that the NTN parameter information includes satellite ephemeris information, public timing advance TA parameter information, epoch time parameter information, ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration parameter information, etc.
星历信息的有效时长由epoch time和ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration表示。如果在SIB19消息中，该epoch time参数存在则由SFN和子帧号来表示；如果在SIB19消息中该服务小区的epoch time参数不存在，则epoch time为调度SIB19的系统信息(system information，SI)窗口(window)的结束时刻。The validity period of the ephemeris information is represented by epoch time and ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration. If the epoch time parameter exists in the SIB19 message, it is represented by SFN and subframe number; if the epoch time parameter of the serving cell does not exist in the SIB19 message, the epoch time is the end time of the system information (SI) window that schedules SIB19.
此外，如果邻区的epoch time缺省时，终端设备使用服务小区的epoch time指示邻区的epoch time；如果邻区的ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration缺省时，终端使用服务小区的ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration指示邻区的ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration。In addition, if the epoch time of the neighboring cell is default, the terminal device uses the epoch time of the serving cell to indicate the epoch time of the neighboring cell; if the ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration of the neighboring cell is default, the terminal uses the ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration of the serving cell to indicate the ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration of the neighboring cell.
连接态终端设备的激活部分带宽(Bandwidth Part，BWP)上没有配置公共搜索空间，NTN小区可以通过专用信令的方式给终端提供系统消息SIB19。该专用信令中的dedicatedSystemInformationDelivery参数包含的SIB19与NTN小区正在广播的SIB19信息相同，即复制正在广播的SIB19信息。If the public search space is not configured on the active bandwidth part (Bandwidth Part, BWP) of the connected terminal device, the NTN cell can provide the terminal with the system message SIB19 through dedicated signaling. The SIB19 contained in the dedicatedSystemInformationDelivery parameter in the dedicated signaling is the same as the SIB19 information being broadcast by the NTN cell, that is, the SIB19 information being broadcast is copied.
dedicatedSystemInformationDelivery OCTET STRING(CONTAINING SystemInformation)OPTIONALdedicatedSystemInformationDelivery OCTET STRING(CONTAINING SystemInformation)OPTIONAL
SystemInformation字段中承载着SIB19信息。The SystemInformation field carries SIB19 information.
5、切换(Handover，HO)和条件切换(Conditional Handover，CHO)：地面蜂窝网络的切换是 由RRC信令触发，即网络设备是通过RRC重配消息把切换命令发给终端设备的。为了便于理解，结合图3简单介绍地面蜂窝网络的切换流程，如图3所示，地面蜂窝网络的切换流程包括以下步骤：5. Handover (HO) and Conditional Handover (CHO): The handover of terrestrial cellular network is Triggered by RRC signaling, that is, the network device sends the switching command to the terminal device through the RRC reconfiguration message. For ease of understanding, the switching process of the terrestrial cellular network is briefly introduced in conjunction with Figure 3. As shown in Figure 3, the switching process of the terrestrial cellular network includes the following steps:
S310，源gNB发起切换，并通过Xn接口向目标gNB发出一个切换请求。S310: The source gNB initiates a handover and sends a handover request to the target gNB through the Xn interface.
S320，目标gNB执行准许控制并提供新的RRC配置作为切换请求确认的一部分。S320: The target gNB performs admission control and provides a new RRC configuration as part of the handover request confirmation.
S330，源gNB向终端提供RRC重配(RRCReconfiguration)消息，该RRC重配消息包含以下信息：S330: The source gNB provides an RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal. The RRC reconfiguration message includes the following information:
1)cell ID；1) cell ID;
2)接入目标小区所需的所有信息，以便UE可以在不读取系统信息的情况下接入目标小区。2) All information required to access the target cell so that the UE can access the target cell without reading system information.
S340，UE向目标gNB发送RRC重配完成(RRCReconfigurationComplete)消息完成RRC切换程序。S340, the UE sends an RRC Reconfiguration Complete message to the target gNB to complete the RRC switching procedure.
示例性地，图3中gNB是NR系统中的网络设备，也可以是其它系统中的网络设备，也可以是无线接入网节点，主要完成将终端接入到无线网络。Exemplarily, the gNB in Figure 3 is a network device in the NR system, and can also be a network device in other systems, or a wireless access network node, which mainly completes the access of the terminal to the wireless network.
根据RRCReconfiguration消息承载的内容不同可以分为HO和CHO。According to the different contents carried by the RRCReconfiguration message, it can be divided into HO and CHO.
1)UE根据RRCReconfiguration的内容确定为HO，则根据RRCReconfiguration中的配置立即进行切换到目标gNB。配置参数包含在RRCReconfiguration->SpCellConfig->ReconfigurationWithSync中。1) If the UE determines that it is a HO based on the content of RRCReconfiguration, it will immediately switch to the target gNB based on the configuration in RRCReconfiguration. The configuration parameters are contained in RRCReconfiguration->SpCellConfig->ReconfigurationWithSync.
NTN网络中，终端需要一些NTN参数信息才可以接入到NTN网络，如卫星的星历信息，这些特定的信息包含在NTN-Config中。目前的标准将NTN-Config包含在ServingCellConfigCommon中，这样，终端可以正常接入到目标小区。In the NTN network, the terminal needs some NTN parameter information to access the NTN network, such as satellite ephemeris information. These specific information are included in NTN-Config. The current standard includes NTN-Config in ServingCellConfigCommon, so that the terminal can normally access the target cell.
2)UE判断RRCReconfiguration的内容包含CHO候选小区的配置和CHO执行条件，则确定执行CHO。此时，UE不会立即触发切换，继续与源gNB保持连接，并开始评估候选小区的CHO执行条件；如果候选小区满足相应的CHO执行条件，根据RRCReconfiguration中的配置完成到目标小区的切换。RRCReconfiguration->ConditionalReconfiguration-r16->CondReconfigToAddMod-r16包含候选小区的配置和CHO执行条件。2) The UE determines that the content of RRCReconfiguration contains the configuration of the CHO candidate cell and the CHO execution conditions, and determines to execute CHO. At this time, the UE will not trigger the handover immediately, continue to maintain the connection with the source gNB, and start to evaluate the CHO execution conditions of the candidate cell; if the candidate cell meets the corresponding CHO execution conditions, the handover to the target cell is completed according to the configuration in RRCReconfiguration. RRCReconfiguration->ConditionalReconfiguration-r16->CondReconfigToAddMod-r16 contains the configuration of the candidate cell and the CHO execution conditions.
其中，condRRCReconfig-r16中的RRCReconfiguratio包含ReconfigurationWithSync字段，该字段包含CHO候选小区的配置。UE根据该配置信息可以切换到目标gNB的目标小区。Among them, the RRCReconfiguratio in condRRCReconfig-r16 contains the ReconfigurationWithSync field, which contains the configuration of the CHO candidate cell. The UE can switch to the target cell of the target gNB based on this configuration information.
综上所述，无论是HO还是CHO，RRC重配消息都包含ReconfigurationWithSyn字段，该字段里包含着终端设备接入NTN网络所需的NTN参数信息，如卫星的星历信息、epoch time参数信息、ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration参数信息等。终端设备知道卫星的星历信息能接入到目标基站。In summary, whether it is HO or CHO, the RRC reconfiguration message contains the ReconfigurationWithSyn field, which contains the NTN parameter information required for the terminal device to access the NTN network, such as the satellite's ephemeris information, epoch time parameter information, ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration parameter information, etc. The terminal device knows the satellite's ephemeris information and can access the target base station.
在切换(如，HO或CHO)的情况下，epoch time字段基于目标小区的定时，即该字段中指示的SFN和子帧号是指目标小区的SFN和子帧，且该字段epoch time一定存在。In the case of handover (such as HO or CHO), the epoch time field is based on the timing of the target cell, that is, the SFN and subframe number indicated in this field refer to the SFN and subframe of the target cell, and the epoch time field must exist.
6、CHO触发条件：目前NTN网络定义了基于时间的CHO触发条件和基于位置的CHO触发条件。6. CHO triggering conditions: Currently, the NTN network defines time-based CHO triggering conditions and location-based CHO triggering conditions.
基于时间的CHO触发条件：时间由T1和T2定义，其中T1是绝对时间值，T2是从T1开始的持续时间。终端设备获得自己当前的时间，如果处于T1和T1+T2这段时间范围内，则认为满足基于时间的触发条件。Time-based CHO trigger condition: The time is defined by T1 and T2, where T1 is the absolute time value and T2 is the duration starting from T1. The terminal device obtains its current time. If it is within the time range of T1 and T1+T2, it is considered to meet the time-based trigger condition.
基于位置的触发条件：位置定义为终端设备和参考点的距离。网络设备给终端设备配置基于位置的CHO触发条件，包含参考位置1(referenceLocation1),参考位置2(referenceLocation2)，距离阈值1(distanceThresFromReference1),距离阈值2(distanceThresFromReference2)和滞后(hysteresis)等参数。其中，referenceLocation1与服务小区关联，referenceLocation2和候选目标小区关联，当终端设备和服务小区的距离与hysteresis的差值大于distanceThresFromReference1且终端设备和候选目标小区距离与hysteresis的和值小于distanceThresFromReference2时，终端设备认为满足基于距离的触发条件。Location-based trigger conditions: Location is defined as the distance between the terminal device and the reference point. The network device configures the location-based CHO trigger conditions for the terminal device, including reference location 1 (referenceLocation1), reference location 2 (referenceLocation2), distance threshold 1 (distanceThresFromReference1), distance threshold 2 (distanceThresFromReference2) and hysteresis. Among them, referenceLocation1 is associated with the serving cell, and referenceLocation2 is associated with the candidate target cell. When the difference between the distance and hysteresis between the terminal device and the serving cell is greater than distanceThresFromReference1 and the sum of the distance and hysteresis between the terminal device and the candidate target cell is less than distanceThresFromReference2, the terminal device considers that the distance-based trigger conditions are met.
基于时间的CHO触发条件和基于测量的触发条件CondEvent A3/A4/A5一起配置给终端设备。当两个条件同时满足时，终端设备执行切换到目标小区。The time-based CHO trigger condition and the measurement-based trigger condition CondEvent A3/A4/A5 are configured together for the terminal device. When both conditions are met at the same time, the terminal device performs a handover to the target cell.
基于位置的CHO触发条件和基于测量的触发条件CondEvent A3/A4/A5一起配置给终端。当两个条件同时满足时，终端设备执行切换到目标小区。The location-based CHO trigger condition and the measurement-based trigger condition CondEvent A3/A4/A5 are configured together for the terminal. When both conditions are met at the same time, the terminal device performs a handover to the target cell.
条件事件A3：条件重配候选目标小区测量结果比服务小区测量结果好一个offset值；Conditional event A3: The measurement result of the conditional reconfiguration candidate target cell is better than the measurement result of the serving cell by an offset value;
条件事件A4：条件重配候选目标小区测量结果比阈值好； Conditional event A4: The measurement result of the conditional reconfiguration candidate target cell is better than the threshold;
条件事件A5：服务小区的测量结果比阈值1差；并且条件重配候选目标小区测量结果比阈值2好。Conditional event A5: the measurement result of the serving cell is worse than threshold 1; and the measurement result of the conditional reconfiguration candidate target cell is better than threshold 2.
由上述可知，NTN网络中在执行切换的时候，需要考虑NTN参数信息(如，epoch time参数信息、ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration参数信息、公共定时提前参数信息等)，具体地，终端设备执行切换的流程中从reconfigurationWithSync中的epoch time指示的子帧开启T430定时器，定时器值设置为ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration。(如果epoch time指示的是过去的时间，T430定时器的时间ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration应该减去逝去的时间)。As can be seen from the above, when performing handover in the NTN network, NTN parameter information (such as epoch time parameter information, ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration parameter information, public timing advance parameter information, etc.) needs to be considered. Specifically, in the process of the terminal device performing handover, the T430 timer is started from the subframe indicated by the epoch time in reconfigurationWithSync, and the timer value is set to ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration. (If the epoch time indicates the past time, the time of the T430 timer ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration should be subtracted from the elapsed time).
上述基本概念中关于epoch time的介绍中提到epoch time参数由SFN和子帧号表示，而SFN取值从0-1023循环，一个帧由10个子帧构成，一个子帧为1ms。即10.24秒进行一次SFN的循环。终端设备从reconfigurationWithSync中的epoch time指示的SFN和子帧开启T430定时器。终端设备可能无法判断epoch time指示的SFN和子帧是哪个SFN周期内的SFN和子帧，如图4所示，图4是epoch time指示SFN和子帧的示意图。In the introduction to epoch time in the above basic concepts, it is mentioned that the epoch time parameter is represented by SFN and subframe number, and the SFN value is cyclic from 0 to 1023, one frame is composed of 10 subframes, and one subframe is 1ms. That is, the SFN cycle is performed once in 10.24 seconds. The terminal device starts the T430 timer from the SFN and subframe indicated by the epoch time in reconfigurationWithSync. The terminal device may not be able to determine which SFN cycle the SFN and subframe indicated by the epoch time belong to, as shown in Figure 4, which is a schematic diagram of the SFN and subframe indicated by the epoch time.
从图4中可以看出每个周期都可能出现epoch time参数中指示的SFN和子帧号表示的时刻，终端设备在执行切换的时刻无法判断epoch time指示的SFN和子帧是哪个SFN周期内的SFN和子帧。It can be seen from Figure 4 that the moment indicated by the SFN and subframe number indicated in the epoch time parameter may appear in each period. When executing the switching, the terminal device cannot determine which SFN period the SFN and subframe indicated by the epoch time belong to.
上述结合图1和图2简单介绍了本申请能够适用的场景，并介绍了本申请中涉及的基本概念，并且说明了NTN网络中终端设备执行切换时需要考虑NTN参数信息。由上述可知，现有NTN网络中终端设备执行切换时可能无法判断epoch time指示的SFN和子帧是哪个SFN周期内的SFN和子帧。The above briefly introduces the scenarios to which the present application can be applied in combination with Figures 1 and 2, introduces the basic concepts involved in the present application, and explains that the NTN parameter information needs to be considered when the terminal device performs switching in the NTN network. As can be seen from the above, when the terminal device in the existing NTN network performs switching, it may be impossible to determine which SFN and subframe indicated by the epoch time belong to which SFN period.
为了避免目前终端设备执行切换无法判断SFN和子帧是哪个SFN周期内的SFN和子帧的问题，本申请提供一种通信方法，以期使终端设备能够确定SFN和子帧的位置。In order to avoid the problem that the current terminal device cannot determine which SFN and subframe belong to which SFN period when performing switching, the present application provides a communication method so that the terminal device can determine the location of the SFN and subframe.
下文示出的实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定，只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序，以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可，例如，本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备，或者，是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。The embodiments shown below do not particularly limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application. As long as it is possible to communicate according to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application by running a program that records the code of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, for example, the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or the network device that can call and execute the program.
此外，为了便于理解本申请实施例，做出以下几点说明。In addition, in order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the following points are explained.
第一，在本申请中，“用于指示”可以包括用于直接指示和用于间接指示。当描述某一指示信息用于指示A时，可以包括该指示信息直接指示A或间接指示A，而并不代表该指示信息中一定包括有A。First, in this application, "used for indication" may include being used for direct indication and being used for indirect indication. When describing that a certain indication information is used for indicating A, it may include that the indication information directly indicates A or indirectly indicates A, but it does not mean that A must be included in the indication information.
将指示信息所指示的信息称为待指示信息，则具体实现过程中，对待指示信息进行指示的方式有很多种。待指示信息可以作为一个整体一起发送，也可以分成多个子信息分开发送，而且这些子信息的发送周期和/或发送时机可以相同，也可以不同。具体发送方法本申请不进行限定。其中，这些子信息的发送周期和/或发送时机可以是预先定义的，例如根据协议预先定义的，也可以是发射端设备通过向接收端设备发送配置信息来配置的。The information indicated by the indication information is called the information to be indicated. In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to indicate the information to be indicated. The information to be indicated can be sent as a whole, or divided into multiple sub-information and sent separately, and the sending period and/or sending time of these sub-information can be the same or different. The specific sending method is not limited in this application. Among them, the sending period and/or sending time of these sub-information can be pre-defined, for example, pre-defined according to the protocol, or can be configured by the transmitting device by sending configuration information to the receiving device.
第二，在本申请中示出的“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。另外，在本申请的实施例中，“第一”、“第二”以及各种数字编号(例如，“#1”、“#2”等)只是为了描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。下文各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定，应该理解这样描述的对象在适当情况下可以互换，以便能够描述本申请的实施例以外的方案。此外，在本申请实施例中，“510”、“610”等字样仅为了描述方便作出的标识，并不是对执行步骤的次序进行限定。Second, "at least one" shown in the present application refers to one or more, and "multiple" refers to two or more. In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, "first", "second" and various digital numbers (for example, "#1", "#2", etc.) are only for the convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The size of the sequence number of each process below does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and inherent logic, and should not constitute any limitation to the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application. It should be understood that the objects described in this way can be interchanged in appropriate circumstances, so that the schemes outside the embodiments of the present application can be described. In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, the words "510", "610" and the like are only for the convenience of description, and the order of execution steps is not limited.
第三，在本申请中，“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其他实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言，使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。Third, in this application, the words "exemplary" or "for example" are used to indicate examples, illustrations or explanations. Any embodiment or design described as "exemplary" or "for example" in this application should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or designs. Specifically, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "for example" is intended to present the relevant concepts in a specific way.
第四，本申请实施例中涉及的“保存”，可以是指的保存在一个或者多个存储器中。所述一个或者多个存储器，可以是单独的设置，也可以是集成在编码器或者译码器，处理器、或通信装置中。所述一个或者多个存储器，也可以是一部分单独设置，一部分集成在译码器、处理器、或通信装置中。存储器的类型可以是任意形式的存储介质，本申请并不对此限定。Fourth, the "storage" involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to storage in one or more memories. The one or more memories may be separately set or integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device. The one or more memories may also be partially separately set and partially integrated in a decoder, a processor, or a communication device. The type of memory may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited by the present application.
第五，本申请实施例中涉及的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议，例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议，本申请对此不做限定。Fifth, the “protocol” involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include an LTE protocol, an NR protocol, and related protocols used in future communication systems, which is not limited in the present application.
第六，本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”， 一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。Sixth, the term "and/or" in this article is only a description of the association relationship between related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships. For example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article is Generally speaking, the objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
第七，本申请实施例中，“的(of)”，“相应的(corresponding，relevant)”、“对应的(corresponding)”和“关联的(associate)”有时可以混用，应当指出的是，在不强调其区别时，其所要表达的含义是一致的。Seventh, in the embodiments of the present application, the words "of", "corresponding, relevant", "corresponding" and "associate" can sometimes be used interchangeably. It should be pointed out that when the distinction between them is not emphasized, the meanings they intend to express are consistent.
第八，本申请实施例中，“在…情况下”、“当…时”、“若…”有时可以混用，应当指出的是，在不强调其区别时，其所要表达的含义是一致的。Eighth, in the embodiments of the present application, "under the circumstances", "when", and "if" can sometimes be used interchangeably. It should be pointed out that when the distinction between them is not emphasized, the meanings they intend to express are the same.
第九，本申请实施例中，涉及到时长#A为时长#B和差值#A的和值，差值#A的取值为时刻#A和时刻#B之间的差值的绝对值的情况下，当差值#A的取值为负值的情况下(如，差值#A为时刻#A和时刻#B中较小的值和较大的值的差值)，可以理解为时长#A为时长#B和差值#A的差值；同理，涉及到时长#A为时长#B和差值#A的差值，差值#A的取值为时刻#A和时刻#B之间的差值的绝对值的情况下，当差值#A的取值为负值的情况下，可以理解为时长#A为时长#B和差值#A的和值。以下，不失一般性，以网络设备和终端设备之间的交互为例详细说明本申请实施例提供的通信方法。Ninth, in the embodiments of the present application, when duration #A is the sum of duration #B and difference #A, and the value of difference #A is the absolute value of the difference between moment #A and moment #B, when the value of difference #A is a negative value (e.g., difference #A is the difference between the smaller value and the larger value of moment #A and moment #B), it can be understood that duration #A is the difference between duration #B and difference #A; similarly, when duration #A is the difference between duration #B and difference #A, and the value of difference #A is the absolute value of the difference between moment #A and moment #B, when the value of difference #A is a negative value, it can be understood that duration #A is the sum of duration #B and difference #A. Below, without loss of generality, the communication method provided in the embodiments of the present application is described in detail by taking the interaction between a network device and a terminal device as an example.
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图，包括以下步骤：FIG5 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application, comprising the following steps:
S510，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一消息，或者说网络设备向终端设备发送第一消息。S510, the terminal device receives a first message from the network device, or the network device sends a first message to the terminal device.
具体地，该第一消息中包括目标小区的标识、第一星历信息和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第一系统帧的帧号。其中，第一星历信息和第一指示信息可以理解为前文中所述的NTN参数信息中的部分信息。Specifically, the first message includes the identifier of the target cell, first ephemeris information and first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the frame number of the first system frame. The first ephemeris information and the first indication information can be understood as part of the NTN parameter information mentioned above.
可选的，该第一消息中包括其它的NTN参数信息，如第一公共定时提前参数信息等。Optionally, the first message includes other NTN parameter information, such as first common timing advance parameter information and the like.
示例性地，目标小区的标识为用于标识目标小区的信息，包括但不限于目标小区的ID、目标小区的物理小区ID、目标小区的地址信息、或目标小区的类型信息等。Exemplarily, the identifier of the target cell is information used to identify the target cell, including but not limited to the ID of the target cell, the physical cell ID of the target cell, the address information of the target cell, or the type information of the target cell.
示例性地，终端设备可以通过第一星历信息推导出卫星的位置和速度信息。具体地，第一星历信息用于指示卫星星历，描述卫星的位置和运动速度，可以通过位置和速度状态矢量的格式或轨道参数的格式表示，其中，基于轨道参数计算得到的卫星所在位置等参数，可以理解的是，卫星的星历信息可以用于计算、预测、描绘、或跟踪卫星飞行的时间、位置、速度等状态。该实施例中对于星历信息的具体体现形式不做限定，可以参考目前相关技术中关于星历信息的介绍，这里不再赘述。Exemplarily, the terminal device can derive the position and velocity information of the satellite through the first ephemeris information. Specifically, the first ephemeris information is used to indicate the satellite ephemeris, describing the position and movement speed of the satellite, and can be represented by the format of the position and velocity state vector or the format of the orbital parameters, wherein the parameters such as the satellite position calculated based on the orbital parameters, it can be understood that the ephemeris information of the satellite can be used to calculate, predict, depict, or track the time, position, speed and other states of the satellite flight. In this embodiment, the specific embodiment of the ephemeris information is not limited, and the introduction of the ephemeris information in the current related technology can be referred to, which will not be repeated here.
示例性地，第一指示信息可以为指示第一星历信息生效起始时刻的信息，例如，可以是前文所述的epoch time。具体地，该第一指示信息通过指示第一系统帧的帧号实现指示第一星历信息生效起始时刻的功能。Exemplarily, the first indication information may be information indicating the effective start time of the first ephemeris information, for example, the epoch time mentioned above. Specifically, the first indication information realizes the function of indicating the effective start time of the first ephemeris information by indicating the frame number of the first system frame.
可选地，该第一指示信息还可以用于指示第一子帧的帧号，从而更精确地指示第一星历信息生效起始时刻。Optionally, the first indication information may also be used to indicate the frame number of the first subframe, thereby more accurately indicating the effective start time of the first ephemeris information.
进一步地，该实施例中终端设备获取目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号，图5所示的方法流程还包括：Furthermore, in this embodiment, the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, and the method flow shown in FIG5 further includes:
S520，终端设备获取目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号。S520, the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell.
具体地，该实施例中涉及的目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号，可以理解为：终端设备接收到第一消息，立即获取目标小区对应的系统帧的帧号；或者，还可以理解为：终端设备接收到第一消息之后的预设时间段内获取目标小区对应的系统帧的帧号，其中，预设时间段可以为预定义的也可以为终端设备和网络设备协商的；或者，还可以理解为：终端设备接收到第一消息之后第一次读取目标小区的主消息块MIB获取的目标小区对应的系统帧的帧号。Specifically, the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell involved in this embodiment can be understood as: the terminal device receives the first message and immediately obtains the frame number of the system frame corresponding to the target cell; or, it can also be understood as: the terminal device obtains the frame number of the system frame corresponding to the target cell within a preset time period after receiving the first message, wherein the preset time period can be predefined or negotiated between the terminal device and the network device; or, it can also be understood as: the terminal device reads the main message block MIB of the target cell for the first time after receiving the first message to obtain the frame number of the system frame corresponding to the target cell.
应理解，该实施例中对于终端设备获取目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号的具体实现方式不做限定。It should be understood that this embodiment does not limit the specific implementation method for the terminal device to obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell.
作为一种可能的实现方式，第一消息为前文所示的切换场景下，网络设备向终端设备发送的用于指示终端设备从源小区切换至目标小区的消息。As a possible implementation manner, the first message is a message sent by the network device to the terminal device in the switching scenario shown above to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source cell to the target cell.
例如，第一消息为RRC重配消息(RRC消息)；还例如，第一消息为MAC CE消息。For example, the first message is an RRC reconfiguration message (RRC message); for another example, the first message is a MAC CE message.
应理解，该实现方式下对于第一消息的具体形式不做限定，任何能够用于触发终端设备执行小区切换的消息均在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be understood that in this implementation, the specific form of the first message is not limited, and any message that can be used to trigger the terminal device to perform cell switching is within the protection scope of this application.
还应理解，在该实现方式下，终端设备接收到的第一消息中包括的目标小区的标识即标识网络设备指示终端设备切换到的小区。 It should also be understood that, in this implementation, the identifier of the target cell included in the first message received by the terminal device identifies the cell to which the network device instructs the terminal device to switch.
在该实现方式下，终端设备获取目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号，包括：In this implementation, the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, including:
终端设备在执行切换时，与目标小区进行下行同步并获取目标小区的主信息块MIB，其中，MIB用于获取目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号。例如，系统帧的帧号由10位比特位表示，小区的MIB中包括10位比特位中的6个最高有效位(most significant bit，MSB)，而10位比特位中的4个最低有效位作为信道编码的一部分(即MIB编码之外)在PBCH传输块中传输，终端设备在读取MIB消息之后可以获得小区的系统帧的帧号，所以在该实现方式下终端设备可以通过获取目标小区的MIB从而获取目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号。When performing a handover, the terminal device performs downlink synchronization with the target cell and obtains the master information block MIB of the target cell, wherein the MIB is used to obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell. For example, the frame number of the system frame is represented by 10 bits, and the MIB of the cell includes the 6 most significant bits (MSB) of the 10 bits, and the 4 least significant bits of the 10 bits are transmitted in the PBCH transmission block as part of the channel coding (i.e., outside the MIB coding). After reading the MIB message, the terminal device can obtain the frame number of the system frame of the cell, so in this implementation mode, the terminal device can obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell by obtaining the MIB of the target cell.
另外，需要说明的是，在切换场景下，终端设备接收到第一消息即可以开始执行小区切换，所以在切换场景下，终端设备执行小区切换的时刻和接收第一消息的时刻可以为等价的。也就是说，下文中涉及到终端设备执行小区切换的时刻相关的描述，在切换场景下可以替换为终端设备接收第一消息的时刻，或者替换为获取的目标小区的第二系统帧指示的时刻。In addition, it should be noted that in a switching scenario, the terminal device can start to perform cell switching when it receives the first message, so in a switching scenario, the moment when the terminal device performs cell switching and the moment when the first message is received can be equivalent. That is to say, the description related to the moment when the terminal device performs cell switching in the following can be replaced by the moment when the terminal device receives the first message, or replaced by the moment when the second system frame indication of the target cell is obtained in the switching scenario.
作为另一种可能的实现方式，第一消息为前文所示的条件切换场景下，网络设备向终端设备发送的消息，则该第一消息中还包括切换条件的信息。As another possible implementation, the first message is a message sent by the network device to the terminal device in the conditional switching scenario shown above, and the first message also includes information on the switching condition.
例如，第一消息为条件切换消息，包括但不限于：RRC重配消息(RRC消息)、MAC CE消息等。For example, the first message is a conditional switching message, including but not limited to: RRC reconfiguration message (RRC message), MAC CE message, etc.
应理解，该实现方式下对于第一消息的具体形式不做限定，任何包含上述信息(如，目标小区的标识、第一星历信息、第一指示信和切换条件的信息)的消息均在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be understood that the specific form of the first message is not limited in this implementation, and any message containing the above information (such as the identification of the target cell, the first ephemeris information, the first indication signal and the switching condition information) is within the protection scope of this application.
还应理解，在该实现方式下，终端设备接收到的第一消息中包括的目标小区的标识可以为候选小区的标识(或者候选目标小区的标识)。It should also be understood that, in this implementation, the identifier of the target cell included in the first message received by the terminal device may be an identifier of a candidate cell (or an identifier of a candidate target cell).
在该实现方式下，上述的目标小区也可以称为候选目标小区。第一消息中可以包括多个候选目标小区分别对应的多个NTN参数信息，为了便于描述，该实施例中以第一消息中包括某个候选目标小区对应的NTN参数信息为例进行说明。并且，该实施例下文中不再对候选目标小区和目标小区进行重复描述，也就是说该实施例中下文中涉及的目标小区可以和候选目标小区替换描述。In this implementation, the above-mentioned target cell may also be referred to as a candidate target cell. The first message may include multiple NTN parameter information corresponding to multiple candidate target cells. For ease of description, this embodiment is described by taking the first message including NTN parameter information corresponding to a candidate target cell as an example. In addition, the candidate target cell and the target cell are no longer described repeatedly in this embodiment, that is, the target cell involved in the following description in this embodiment can be replaced with the candidate target cell.
示例性地，在该实现方式下，终端设备获取目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号，包括：Exemplarily, in this implementation, the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, including:
终端设备在接收到第一消息时，与目标小区进行下行同步并获取目标小区的主信息块MIB，MIB用于获取目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号。When receiving the first message, the terminal device performs downlink synchronization with the target cell and obtains the master information block MIB of the target cell. The MIB is used to obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell.
示例性地，在该实现方式下，终端设备获取目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号，包括：Exemplarily, in this implementation, the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, including:
终端设备先确定源小区和目标小区之间的定时差，并根据承载第一消息的第三系统帧和定时差确定目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号。例如，终端设备接收到第一消息，确定承载第一消息的第三系统帧之后，将第三系统帧和定时差的和作为目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号。The terminal device first determines the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell, and determines the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell according to the third system frame carrying the first message and the timing difference. For example, after the terminal device receives the first message and determines the third system frame carrying the first message, the sum of the third system frame and the timing difference is used as the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell.
可选地，源小区和目标小区之间的定时差为预定义的值。Optionally, the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell is a predefined value.
可选地，源小区和目标小区之间的定时差为网络设备配置的，例如，网络设备向终端设备发送指示定时差的信息，终端设备根据该信息确定定时差。Optionally, the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell is configured by a network device, for example, the network device sends information indicating the timing difference to the terminal device, and the terminal device determines the timing difference based on the information.
可选地，源小区和目标小区之间的定时差为终端设备根据测量结果确定。例如，终端设备测量源小区和目标小区的信号，并根据测量来自源小区和目标小区的信号的传输时延差确定源小区和目标小区之间的定时差。Optionally, the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell is determined by the terminal device according to a measurement result. For example, the terminal device measures the signals of the source cell and the target cell, and determines the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell according to the transmission delay difference of the signals from the source cell and the target cell.
可选地，第一消息为携带基于时间的CHO触发条件的消息，也就是说上述的切换条件的信息指示基于时间的切换条件，该基于时间的切换条件包括第一时刻，终端设备根据第一时刻对应的源小区的系统帧和/或子帧以及第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧和/或子帧确定定时差。Optionally, the first message is a message carrying a time-based CHO trigger condition, that is, the above-mentioned switching condition information indicates a time-based switching condition, and the time-based switching condition includes a first moment, and the terminal device determines the timing difference based on the system frame and/or subframe of the source cell corresponding to the first moment and the system frame and/or subframe of the target cell corresponding to the first moment.
例如，终端设备可以确定第一时刻对应的源小区的系统帧和/或子帧(如，终端设备根据第一时刻在源小区接收的信息确定第一时刻对应的源小区的系统帧)。另外，第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧的帧号和/或子帧可以携带在第一消息中，以使得终端设备可以根据第一消息中的第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧的帧号确定第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧；或者，网络设备可以通过第二消息通知第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧的帧号和/或子帧。For example, the terminal device can determine the system frame and/or subframe of the source cell corresponding to the first moment (e.g., the terminal device determines the system frame of the source cell corresponding to the first moment based on the information received in the source cell at the first moment). In addition, the frame number and/or subframe of the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment can be carried in the first message, so that the terminal device can determine the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment based on the frame number of the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment in the first message; or, the network device can notify the frame number and/or subframe of the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment through a second message.
另外，需要说明的是，在条件切换场景下，终端设备接收到第一消息不会立即执行切换，而是需要判断切换条件，也就是说在条件切换场景下，终端设备接收第一消息的时刻和执行小区切换的时刻不是等价的，不可以替换描述。且在条件切换场景下，终端设备是在接收到第一消息时获取目标小区的第二系统帧的帧号，所以在条件切换场景下，执行小区切换的时刻和目标小区的第二系统帧指示的 时刻，不可以替换描述。In addition, it should be noted that in the conditional switching scenario, the terminal device will not perform switching immediately after receiving the first message, but needs to determine the switching conditions. That is to say, in the conditional switching scenario, the moment when the terminal device receives the first message and the moment when the cell switching is performed are not equivalent and cannot be replaced. In addition, in the conditional switching scenario, the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame of the target cell when receiving the first message. Therefore, in the conditional switching scenario, the moment when the cell switching is performed is different from the moment indicated by the second system frame of the target cell. Moment, description cannot be replaced.
进一步地，终端设备获取目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号之后，可以根据目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号，以及第一消息中携带的第一指示信息所指示的第一系统帧的帧号是否相同确定第一星历信息的第一生效时刻，图5所示的方法还包括：Further, after the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, the first effective time of the first ephemeris information can be determined according to whether the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell and the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information carried in the first message are the same. The method shown in FIG5 also includes:
S530，终端设备确定第一星历信息的第一生效时刻。S530, the terminal device determines the first effective time of the first ephemeris information.
具体地，该实施例中终端设备可以根据第一系统帧的帧号和第二系统帧的帧号是否相同确定第一星历信息的第一生效时刻。Specifically, in this embodiment, the terminal device can determine the first valid time of the first ephemeris information according to whether the frame number of the first system frame and the frame number of the second system frame are the same.
作为一种可能的实现方式，第一系统帧的帧号和第二系统帧的帧号相同。As a possible implementation manner, the frame number of the first system frame is the same as the frame number of the second system frame.
在该实现方式下，终端设备确定的第一生效时刻为第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内第一系统帧和第一子帧指示的时刻。例如，第一系统帧和第一子帧指示的下行子帧的开始时刻为第一生效时刻，或者说第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻是指第一系统帧和第一子帧指示的下行子帧的开始时刻。In this implementation, the first effective moment determined by the terminal device is the moment indicated by the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs. For example, the start moment of the downlink subframe indicated by the first system frame and the first subframe is the first effective moment, or the moment determined by the first system frame and the first subframe refers to the start moment of the downlink subframe indicated by the first system frame and the first subframe.
其中，第一系统帧和第一子帧通过第一指示信息指示，第一子帧为第一系统帧中的一个子帧。The first system frame and the first subframe are indicated by first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
例如，第一指示信息指示的第一系统帧的帧号为24，终端设备获取目标小区的当前第二系统帧的帧号也为24，则终端设备认为第一指示信息所指示的帧号为24的第一系统帧就是当前的第二系统帧。For example, the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is 24, and the frame number of the current second system frame of the target cell obtained by the terminal device is also 24, then the terminal device believes that the first system frame with the frame number 24 indicated by the first indication information is the current second system frame.
需要说明的是，该实施例中所涉及的第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期可以理解为：由于系统帧的帧号是取值从0-1023循环的，那么任意的系统帧的帧号取值都是0-1023中的一个，该实施例中第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期表示第二系统帧的帧号所位于的一个0-1023的循环。It should be noted that the system frame period to which the second system frame involved in this embodiment belongs can be understood as: since the frame number of the system frame is a cycle from 0 to 1023, the frame number value of any system frame is one of 0-1023. The system frame period to which the second system frame belongs in this embodiment represents a cycle of 0-1023 in which the frame number of the second system frame is located.
例如，系统帧的帧号从0-1023循环编号，包括4个循环，而第二系统帧的帧号为100，且是第二次0-1023循环中的100，那么上述的第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期可以理解为第二次0-1023循环。For example, the frame numbers of the system frames are cyclically numbered from 0-1023, including 4 cycles, and the frame number of the second system frame is 100, and it is 100 in the second 0-1023 cycle, then the system frame period to which the above-mentioned second system frame belongs can be understood as the second 0-1023 cycle.
具体地，在该实现方式下，终端设备执行小区切换时，启动第一定时器(如，T430定时器)，该第一定时器的结束时刻由第一生效时刻(即第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻)和第一时长确定，如，第一定时器的结束时刻为从第一生效时刻开始第一时长之后的时刻。其中，第一时长为第一消息中携带的第一时长的信息指示的。例如，第一消息中包括ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration，该ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration用于指示第一时长。Specifically, in this implementation, when the terminal device performs a cell handover, a first timer (e.g., a T430 timer) is started, and the end time of the first timer is determined by the first effective time (i.e., the time determined by the first system frame and the first subframe in the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs) and the first duration, such as the end time of the first timer is the time after the first duration from the first effective time. The first duration is indicated by the information of the first duration carried in the first message. For example, the first message includes ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration, which is used to indicate the first duration.
需要说明的是，该实施例中第一定时器实际的启动时刻是终端设备执行小区切换的时刻，而不是第一生效时刻。也就是说执行小区切换的时刻与所述第一定时器的结束时刻之间的时长并不一定为第一时长，为了区分，该实现方式下执行小区切换的时刻与所述第一定时器的结束时刻之间的时长称为第二时长。It should be noted that the actual start time of the first timer in this embodiment is the time when the terminal device performs cell switching, rather than the first effective time. That is to say, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer is not necessarily the first duration. In order to distinguish, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer in this implementation is called the second duration.
可选地，在执行小区切换的时刻早于第一生效时刻的情况下，第二时长为第一时长和第一差值的和值。Optionally, when the time for executing the cell switching is earlier than the first effective time, the second duration is the sum of the first duration and the first difference.
可选地，在执行小区切换的时刻晚于第一生效时刻的情况下，第二时长为第一时长和第一差值的差值。Optionally, when the time for executing the cell switching is later than the first effective time, the second duration is the difference between the first duration and the first difference.
其中，第一差值为执行小区切换的时刻和第一生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。The first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the time when the cell switching is executed and the first effective time.
为了便于理解，结合图6中的(a)至(c)详细说明该实现方式下，第一时长和第二时长的关系。For ease of understanding, the relationship between the first duration and the second duration in this implementation is described in detail with reference to (a) to (c) in FIG6 .
从图6中的(a)可以看出，第一定时器的第一生效时刻在终端设备执行小区切换时刻之前的一个时刻，从而第二时长为第一时长减去第一生效时刻和执行小区切换时刻之间的间隔，可以理解为epoch time指示的是过去的时间，第一时长由ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration指示，T430定时器的启动时刻和结束时刻之间的第二时长应该为ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration减去逝去的时间。As can be seen from (a) in Figure 6, the first effective moment of the first timer is a moment before the terminal device executes the cell switching, so the second duration is the first duration minus the interval between the first effective moment and the cell switching execution moment. It can be understood that the epoch time indicates the past time. The first duration is indicated by ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration. The second duration between the start time and the end time of the T430 timer should be ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration minus the elapsed time.
从图6中的(b)可以看出，第一定时器的第一生效时刻在终端设备执行小区切换时刻之后的一个时刻，从而第二时长为第一时长加上第一生效时刻和执行小区切换时刻之间的间隔，可以理解为epoch time指示的是未来的时间，第一时长由ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration指示，T430定时器的启动时刻和结束时刻之间的第二时长应该为ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration加上未来的时间。As can be seen from (b) in Figure 6, the first effective moment of the first timer is a moment after the terminal device executes the cell switching, so the second duration is the first duration plus the interval between the first effective moment and the cell switching execution moment. It can be understood that the epoch time indicates the future time. The first duration is indicated by ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration, and the second duration between the start time and the end time of the T430 timer should be ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration plus the future time.
另外，需要说明的是，该实现方式下，如果上述的第一消息为切换场景下发送的触发第一终端设备执行小区切换的消息，且第一终端设备执行小区切换的时刻和第一终端设备获取的目标小区的第二系统帧指示的时刻基本重合(如，第一子帧号与第一终端设备获取的第二系统帧中的子帧号#1也相同)，则第一时长和第二时长的关系如图6中(c)所示，即第一定时器的生效时刻为终端设备执行小区切换 时刻。In addition, it should be noted that, in this implementation, if the above-mentioned first message is a message sent in a switching scenario to trigger the first terminal device to perform a cell switch, and the moment when the first terminal device performs the cell switch is basically the same as the moment indicated by the second system frame of the target cell obtained by the first terminal device (for example, the first subframe number is also the same as the subframe number #1 in the second system frame obtained by the first terminal device), then the relationship between the first duration and the second duration is as shown in (c) in Figure 6, that is, the effective moment of the first timer is the moment when the terminal device performs the cell switch. time.
作为另一种可能的实现方式，第一系统帧的帧号和第二系统帧的帧号不同，且第一系统帧为第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内第二系统帧之前的系统帧。As another possible implementation manner, the frame number of the first system frame is different from the frame number of the second system frame, and the first system frame is a system frame before the second system frame within a system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
在该实现方式下，终端设备确定的第一生效时刻为第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻。In this implementation, the first effective time determined by the terminal device is a time determined by the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
其中，第一系统帧和第一子帧通过第一指示信息指示，第一子帧为第一系统帧中的一个子帧。The first system frame and the first subframe are indicated by first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
例如，第一指示信息指示的第一系统帧的帧号为20，终端设备获取目标小区的当前第二系统帧的帧号为24，则终端设备认为第一指示信息所指示的帧号为20的第一系统帧为第二系统帧的40ms之前的系统帧。For example, the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is 20, and the terminal device obtains the frame number of the current second system frame of the target cell as 24. The terminal device then considers that the first system frame with the frame number 20 indicated by the first indication information is the system frame 40ms before the second system frame.
作为又一种可能的实现方式，第一系统帧的帧号和第二系统帧的帧号不同，且第一系统帧为第一系统帧周期内的系统帧，第一系统帧周期为第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期相邻的前一个系统帧周期。As another possible implementation, the frame number of the first system frame is different from the frame number of the second system frame, and the first system frame is a system frame within a first system frame period, and the first system frame period is the previous system frame period adjacent to the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
在该实现方式下，终端设备确定的第一生效时刻为第一系统帧周期内所述第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻。In this implementation, the first effective moment determined by the terminal device is the moment determined by the first system frame and the first subframe within the first system frame period.
其中，第一系统帧和第一子帧通过第一指示信息指示，第一子帧为第一系统帧中的一个子帧。The first system frame and the first subframe are indicated by first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
例如，第一指示信息指示的第一系统帧的帧号为25，终端设备获取目标小区的当前第二系统帧的帧号为24，则终端设备认为第一指示信息所指示的帧号为25的第一系统帧为第二系统帧的10230ms之前的系统帧。For example, the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is 25, and the terminal device obtains the frame number of the current second system frame of the target cell as 24. The terminal device then considers that the first system frame with the frame number 25 indicated by the first indication information is the system frame 10230ms before the second system frame.
具体地，在上述的两种实现方式(第一系统帧为第二系统帧之前)下，终端设备执行小区切换时，启动第二定时器(如，T430定时器)，该第二定时器的结束时刻由第一生效时刻(即基于第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻)和第一时长确定，如，第一定时器的结束时刻为从第一生效时刻开始第一时长之后的时刻。其中，第一时长为第一消息中携带的第一时长的信息指示的。例如，第一消息中包括ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration，该ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration用于指示第一时长。Specifically, in the above two implementation methods (the first system frame is before the second system frame), when the terminal device performs cell switching, the second timer (such as T430 timer) is started, and the end time of the second timer is determined by the first effective time (i.e., the time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe in the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs) and the first duration, such as the end time of the first timer is the time after the first duration from the first effective time. The first duration is indicated by the information of the first duration carried in the first message. For example, the first message includes ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration, which is used to indicate the first duration.
需要说明的是，该实施例中第一定时器实际的启动时刻是终端设备执行小区切换的时刻，而不是第一生效时刻。也就是说执行小区切换的时刻与所述第一定时器的结束时刻之间的时长并不一定为第一时长，为了区分，该实现方式下执行小区切换的时刻与所述第一定时器的结束时刻之间的时长称为第三时长。It should be noted that the actual start time of the first timer in this embodiment is the time when the terminal device performs cell switching, rather than the first effective time. That is to say, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer is not necessarily the first duration. In order to distinguish, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer in this implementation is called the third duration.
由于第一系统帧为第二系统帧之前的系统帧，则第三时长为第一时长和第一差值的差值，该第一差值为执行小区切换的时刻和第一生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。Since the first system frame is a system frame before the second system frame, the third duration is the difference between the first duration and the first difference value, and the first difference value is the absolute value of the difference between the time when the cell switching is performed and the first effective time.
为了便于理解，结合图7中的(a)和(b)详细说明第一系统帧为第二系统帧之前的系统帧的情况下，第一时长和第三时长的关系。For ease of understanding, the relationship between the first duration and the third duration when the first system frame is a system frame before the second system frame is described in detail with reference to (a) and (b) in FIG. 7 .
从图7中的(a)可以看出，第二定时器的第一生效时刻在终端设备执行小区切换时刻之前的一个时刻，且第一系统帧和第二系统帧位于同一个系统帧周期。It can be seen from (a) in Figure 7 that the first effective moment of the second timer is a moment before the terminal device performs cell switching, and the first system frame and the second system frame are in the same system frame period.
第一时长为从第一生效时刻开始的第一时长，从而第三时长为第一时长减去第一生效时刻和执行小区切换时刻之间的间隔，可以理解为epoch time指示的是过去的时间，第一时长由ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration指示，T430定时器的启动时刻和结束时刻之间的第二时长应该为ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration减去逝去的时间。The first duration is the first duration starting from the first effective moment, and the third duration is the first duration minus the interval between the first effective moment and the moment of executing cell switching. It can be understood that the epoch time indicates the past time. The first duration is indicated by ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration. The second duration between the start time and the end time of the T430 timer should be ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration minus the elapsed time.
从图7中的(b)可以看出，第二定时器的第一生效时刻在终端设备执行小区切换时刻之前的一个时刻，且第一系统帧位于第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期的前一个周期。It can be seen from (b) in Figure 7 that the first effective moment of the second timer is a moment before the terminal device performs cell switching, and the first system frame is located in the previous period of the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
第一时长为从第一生效时刻开始的第一时长，从而第三时长为第一时长减去第一生效时刻和执行小区切换时刻之间的间隔，可以理解为epoch time指示的是过去的时间，第一时长由ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration指示，T430定时器的启动时刻和结束时刻之间的第二时长应该为ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration减去逝去的时间。The first duration is the first duration starting from the first effective moment, and the third duration is the first duration minus the interval between the first effective moment and the moment of executing cell switching. It can be understood that the epoch time indicates the past time. The first duration is indicated by ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration. The second duration between the start time and the end time of the T430 timer should be ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration minus the elapsed time.
作为又一种可能的实现方式，第一系统帧的帧号和第二系统帧的帧号不同，且第一系统帧为第二 系统帧所属的系统帧周期内第二系统帧之后的系统帧；或者，第一系统帧为第二系统帧周期内的系统帧，第二系统帧周期为第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期相邻的后一个系统帧周期。As another possible implementation, the frame number of the first system frame is different from the frame number of the second system frame, and the first system frame is The system frame after the second system frame within the system frame period to which the system frame belongs; or, the first system frame is a system frame within the second system frame period, and the second system frame period is a subsequent system frame period adjacent to the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
例如，第一指示信息指示的第一系统帧的帧号为20，终端设备获取目标小区的当前第二系统帧的帧号为24，则终端设备认为第一指示信息所指示的帧号为20的第一系统帧为第二系统帧的10200ms之后的系统帧。For example, the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is 20, and the terminal device obtains the frame number of the current second system frame of the target cell as 24. The terminal device then considers that the first system frame with the frame number 20 indicated by the first indication information is the system frame after 10200ms of the second system frame.
还例如，第一指示信息指示的第一系统帧的帧号为25，终端设备获取目标小区的当前第二系统帧的帧号为24，则终端设备认为第一指示信息所指示的帧号为25的第一系统帧为第二系统帧的10ms之后的系统帧。For example, the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information is 25, and the terminal device obtains the frame number of the current second system frame of the target cell as 24. The terminal device then considers that the first system frame with the frame number 25 indicated by the first indication information is the system frame 10ms after the second system frame.
在该实现方式下，终端设备可以通过如下几种方式确定第一星历信息的第一生效时刻：In this implementation, the terminal device can determine the first effective time of the first ephemeris information in the following ways:
方式一：终端设备获取目标小区的系统信息块。其中，系统信息块可是目标小区的SIB19或者其他包括NTN参数信息的信息，本申请中不做限定，为了便于描述，以获取目标小区的SIB19为例进行说明。Method 1: The terminal device obtains the system information block of the target cell. The system information block may be the SIB19 of the target cell or other information including NTN parameter information, which is not limited in this application. For ease of description, obtaining the SIB19 of the target cell is taken as an example for explanation.
具体地，终端设备执行小区切换，并且确定第一系统帧指示的时刻晚于执行小区切换的时刻。从而终端设备获取目标小区的SIB19，SIB19中包括第二星历信息和第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示第三系统帧的帧号和第二子帧的帧号，终端设备确定第二星历信息的第二生效时刻为第三系统帧和第二子帧确定的时刻。Specifically, the terminal device performs a cell handover, and determines that the time indicated by the first system frame is later than the time of performing the cell handover. Thus, the terminal device obtains SIB19 of the target cell, and SIB19 includes second ephemeris information and second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the frame number of the third system frame and the frame number of the second subframe. The terminal device determines that the second effective time of the second ephemeris information is the time determined by the third system frame and the second subframe.
也就是说在方式一下，终端设备确定第一星历信息为未来的星历信息，第一星历信息的第一生效时刻为第一指示信息指示的第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻。终端设备可以直接读取目标小区的SIB19消息获得第二星历信息、第二指示信息(如，epoch time参数)、第四时长的信息(如，ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration参数)等。That is to say, in the following method, the terminal device determines that the first ephemeris information is future ephemeris information, and the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is the time determined by the first system frame and the first subframe indicated by the first indication information. The terminal device can directly read the SIB19 message of the target cell to obtain the second ephemeris information, the second indication information (such as the epoch time parameter), the fourth duration information (such as the ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration parameter), etc.
具体地，在方式一下，终端设备执行小区切换时，启动第三定时器(如，T430定时器)，该第三定时器的结束时刻由第二生效时刻和第四时长确定，如，第三定时器的结束时刻为从第二生效时刻开始第四时长之后的时刻。其中，第四时长为目标小区的SIB19消息中携带的第四时长的信息指示的。例如，SIB19中包括ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration，该ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration用于指示第四时长。Specifically, in the first method, when the terminal device performs cell switching, a third timer (e.g., T430 timer) is started, and the end time of the third timer is determined by the second effective time and the fourth duration, such as the end time of the third timer is the moment after the fourth duration from the second effective time. The fourth duration is indicated by the information of the fourth duration carried in the SIB19 message of the target cell. For example, SIB19 includes ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration, which is used to indicate the fourth duration.
需要说明的是，该实施例中第三定时器实际的启动时刻是终端设备执行小区切换的时刻，而不是第二生效时刻。也就是说执行小区切换的时刻与所述第三定时器的结束时刻之间的时长并不一定为第四时长，为了区分，该实现方式下执行小区切换的时刻与所述第一定时器的结束时刻之间的时长称为第五时长。It should be noted that the actual start time of the third timer in this embodiment is the time when the terminal device performs cell switching, rather than the second effective time. That is to say, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the third timer is not necessarily the fourth duration. In order to distinguish, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer in this implementation is called the fifth duration.
可选地，在执行小区切换的时刻早于第二生效时刻的情况下，第五时长为第四时长和第二差值的和值。Optionally, when the time for executing the cell switching is earlier than the second effective time, the fifth duration is the sum of the fourth duration and the second difference.
可选地，在执行小区切换的时刻晚于第二生效时刻的情况下，第二时长为第一时长和第二差值的差值。Optionally, when the time for executing the cell switching is later than the second effective time, the second duration is the difference between the first duration and the second difference.
其中，第二差值为执行小区切换的时刻和第二生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。The second difference is the absolute value of the difference between the time when the cell switching is executed and the second effective time.
示例性地，方式一中，终端设备可以通过如下方式确定是否需要获取目标小区的SIB19。Exemplarily, in method 1, the terminal device can determine whether it needs to obtain SIB19 of the target cell in the following manner.
例如，终端设备确定获取目标小区的SIB19所需的时长小于时长门限，其中，时长门限为预定义的或者为终端设备和网络设备协商的或者为网络设备配置的。For example, the terminal device determines that the duration required to obtain the SIB19 of the target cell is less than a duration threshold, where the duration threshold is predefined or negotiated between the terminal device and the network device or configured by the network device.
还例如，终端设备确定第一生效时刻与执行小区切换的时刻之间的时差大于获取目标小区的SIB19所需的时长。For another example, the terminal device determines that the time difference between the first effective moment and the moment of performing cell switching is greater than the time required to obtain SIB19 of the target cell.
又例如，终端设备确定第一生效时刻与执行小区切换的时刻之间的时差大于时长门限#1，其中，时长门限#1为预定义的或者为终端设备和网络设备协商的或者为网络设备配置的。For another example, the terminal device determines that the time difference between the first effective moment and the moment of executing the cell switching is greater than the duration threshold #1, where the duration threshold #1 is predefined or negotiated between the terminal device and the network device or configured by the network device.
又例如，终端设备确定读取SIB19获得第二星历信息的时刻比第一指示信息指示的时刻早。For another example, the terminal device determines that the time when the second ephemeris information is obtained by reading SIB19 is earlier than the time indicated by the first indication information.
方式二：终端设备估计未来的星历信息。Method 2: The terminal device estimates future ephemeris information.
具体地，在方式二下，终端设备在执行小区切换时根据第一星历信息估计执行小区切换的时刻对应的第三星历信息。Specifically, in the second method, when performing a cell handover, the terminal device estimates the third ephemeris information corresponding to the time of performing the cell handover based on the first ephemeris information.
例如，终端设备可以根据未来时间的卫星轨迹估计当前切换时刻的卫星位置。For example, the terminal device may estimate the satellite position at the current switching moment based on the satellite trajectory in the future.
具体地，在方式二下，终端设备执行小区切换时，启动第四定时器(如，T430定时器)，该第四定时器的结束时刻由所述第一生效时刻和第一时长确定，如，第四定时器的结束时刻为从第一生效时 刻开始第一时长之后的时刻。其中，第一时长为第一消息中携带的第一时长的信息指示的。例如，第一消息中包括ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration，该ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration用于指示第一时长。Specifically, in the second mode, when the terminal device performs cell switching, a fourth timer (e.g., T430 timer) is started, and the end time of the fourth timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, such as the end time of the fourth timer is from the first effective time The first duration is indicated by the information of the first duration carried in the first message. For example, the first message includes ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration, and the ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration is used to indicate the first duration.
需要说明的是，该实施例中第四定时器实际的启动时刻是终端设备执行小区切换的时刻，而不是第一生效时刻。也就是说执行小区切换的时刻与所述第四定时器的结束时刻之间的时长并不一定为第一时长，为了区分，该实现方式下执行小区切换的时刻与所述第一定时器的结束时刻之间的时长称为第六时长，所述第六时长为所述第一时长和第一差值的和值，所述第一差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第一生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。It should be noted that the actual start time of the fourth timer in this embodiment is the time when the terminal device performs cell switching, rather than the first effective time. That is to say, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the fourth timer is not necessarily the first duration. In order to distinguish, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer in this implementation is called the sixth duration, and the sixth duration is the sum of the first duration and the first difference, and the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the time when the cell switching is performed and the first effective time.
方式三：终端设备等到第一星历信息的第一生效时刻才执行切换。Method three: the terminal device waits until the first effective moment of the first ephemeris information to perform the switch.
终端在第一生效时刻开始执行切换。终端设备执行小区切换时，启动第八定时器(如，T430定时器)，该第八定时器的结束时刻由所述第一生效时刻和第一时长确定，如，第八定时器的结束时刻为从第一生效时刻开始第一时长之后的时刻。其中，第一时长为第一消息中携带的第一时长的信息指示的。The terminal starts to perform switching at the first effective time. When the terminal device performs cell switching, an eighth timer (e.g., T430 timer) is started, and the end time of the eighth timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, such as the end time of the eighth timer is the time after the first duration from the first effective time. The first duration is indicated by the information of the first duration carried in the first message.
方式三下终端设备是等到第一星历信息的第一生效时刻才执行切换的，所以终端设备执行切换的时刻为第一生效时刻。也就是说执行小区切换的时刻与所述第八定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第一时长。In the third mode, the terminal device waits until the first effective time of the first ephemeris information to perform the switching, so the time when the terminal device performs the switching is the first effective time. That is, the time between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the eighth timer is the first time.
综上，图5所示的实施例中终端设备通过比较获取的目标小区当前的第二系统帧的帧号，以及第一消息中携带的第一指示信息所指示的第一系统帧的帧号是否相同，认为第一系统帧为第二系统帧，或者认为第一系统帧为第二系统帧最近的系统帧。其中，终端设备认为第一系统帧为第二系统帧最近的系统帧包括：In summary, in the embodiment shown in FIG5 , the terminal device compares the frame number of the current second system frame of the acquired target cell and whether the frame number of the first system frame indicated by the first indication information carried in the first message is the same, and considers the first system frame to be the second system frame, or considers the first system frame to be the system frame closest to the second system frame. The terminal device considers the first system frame to be the system frame closest to the second system frame includes:
终端设备认为第一系统帧为第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内的与第二系统帧相隔最近的系统帧；或者，The terminal device considers that the first system frame is the system frame closest to the second system frame within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs; or,
终端设备认为第一系统帧为第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期相邻(前一个或后一个)的系统帧周期内的系统帧。The terminal device considers that the first system frame is a system frame in a system frame period adjacent to (the previous or next) the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
由上述可知，图5所示的通信方法中，终端设备可以通过比较第一消息中的epoch time所指示的系统帧和获取的目标小区对应的系统帧，明确epoch time对应的时间。From the above, it can be seen that in the communication method shown in Figure 5, the terminal device can clarify the time corresponding to the epoch time by comparing the system frame indicated by the epoch time in the first message and the system frame corresponding to the acquired target cell.
本申请还提供另一种通信方法，可以通过指示绝对时间以到达指示星历信息生效时刻的目的，下面结合图8进行说明。The present application also provides another communication method, which can achieve the purpose of indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information by indicating the absolute time, which is explained below in conjunction with Figure 8.
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图，包括以下步骤：FIG8 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application, comprising the following steps:
S810，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第三消息，或者说网络设备向终端设备发送第三消息。S810, the terminal device receives a third message from the network device, or the network device sends a third message to the terminal device.
第三消息中包括第四星历信息、第三指示信息和第七时长的信息，第三指示信息用于指示第四星历信息生效的第二时刻。The third message includes fourth ephemeris information, third indication information and information of a seventh duration, and the third indication information is used to indicate the second time when the fourth ephemeris information takes effect.
作为一种可能的实现方式，第三消息为前文所示的切换场景下，网络设备向终端设备发送的用于指示终端设备从源小区切换至目标小区的消息。As a possible implementation manner, the third message is a message sent by the network device to the terminal device in the switching scenario shown above to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source cell to the target cell.
例如，第三消息为RRC重配消息(RRC消息)；还例如，第三消息为MAC CE消息。For example, the third message is an RRC reconfiguration message (RRC message); for another example, the third message is a MAC CE message.
应理解，该实现方式下对于第三消息的具体形式不做限定，任何能够用于触发终端设备执行小区切换的消息均在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be understood that in this implementation, the specific form of the third message is not limited, and any message that can be used to trigger the terminal device to perform cell switching is within the protection scope of this application.
作为另一种可能的实现方式，第三消息为前文所示的条件切换场景下，网络设备向终端设备发送的消息，则该第三消息中还包括切换条件的信息。As another possible implementation, the third message is a message sent by the network device to the terminal device in the conditional switching scenario shown above, and the third message also includes information on the switching conditions.
例如，第三消息为条件切换消息，包括但不限于：RRC重配消息(RRC消息)、MAC CE消息等。For example, the third message is a conditional switching message, including but not limited to: RRC reconfiguration message (RRC message), MAC CE message, etc.
应理解，该实现方式下对于第三消息的具体形式不做限定，任何包含上述信息(如，第四星历信息、第三指示信息和第七时长的信息和切换条件的信息)的消息均在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be understood that the specific form of the third message is not limited in this implementation, and any message containing the above information (such as the fourth ephemeris information, the third indication information, the seventh time length information and the switching condition information) is within the protection scope of this application.
作为一种可能的实现方式，该实施例中第三指示信息可以为前文所示的epoch time参数信息，不同点在于，该epoch time参数信息不再用于指示系统帧的帧号和子帧的帧号，而是使用绝对时间表示，可以使用协调世界时(Coordinated Universal Time，UTC)时间表示。As a possible implementation method, the third indication information in this embodiment can be the epoch time parameter information shown in the previous text. The difference is that the epoch time parameter information is no longer used to indicate the frame number of the system frame and the frame number of the subframe, but is expressed in absolute time, and can be expressed in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
例如，该时间以公历1900年1月1日00:00之后的10毫秒(1899年12月31日星期日至1900年1月1日星期一之间的午夜)的倍数表示，即10ms为步进。For example, the time is expressed in multiples of 10 milliseconds after 00:00 on January 1, 1900 in the Gregorian calendar (midnight between Sunday, December 31, 1899 and Monday, January 1, 1900), that is, in steps of 10 ms.
作为另一种可能的实现方式，该实施例中第三指示信息指示的第二时刻可以为第三消息中包括的 基于时间的切换条件所隐式指示的第二时刻(如前文所示的T1)，在该实现方式下，第三指示信息可以理解为复用基于时间的切换条件中的部分信息。As another possible implementation manner, the second time indicated by the third indication information in this embodiment may be the time included in the third message. The second moment implicitly indicated by the time-based switching condition (such as T1 shown above), in this implementation, the third indication information can be understood as multiplexing part of the information in the time-based switching condition.
例如，第三消息为条件切换消息，且第三消息包含着基于时间的条件切换条件，如使用时间参数信息T1和T2表示基于时间的条件切换条件，该第三消息中还可以包括epoch time参数信息，终端设备获得epoch time参数信息，可以不解读epoch time指示的SFN和子帧号，认为星历信息的有效开始时间就是T1时刻。即该实现方式下epoch time参数信息存在第三消息中，只是为了协议信令的完整性和兼容性，或者，该实现方式下第三消息中可以不携带epoch time参数信息。For example, the third message is a conditional switching message, and the third message contains a time-based conditional switching condition, such as using time parameter information T1 and T2 to represent a time-based conditional switching condition. The third message may also include epoch time parameter information. The terminal device obtains the epoch time parameter information and may not interpret the SFN and subframe number indicated by the epoch time, and considers that the effective start time of the ephemeris information is the T1 moment. That is, the epoch time parameter information in this implementation mode exists in the third message only for the integrity and compatibility of the protocol signaling, or the epoch time parameter information may not be carried in the third message in this implementation mode.
作为又一种可能的实现方式，该实施例中第三指示信息可以为新增的用于指示星历信息的有效开始时间的信息。As another possible implementation manner, the third indication information in this embodiment may be newly added information for indicating the effective start time of the ephemeris information.
进一步地，该实施例中，终端设备接收到第三消息，可以执行小区切换，图8所示的方法流程还包括：Further, in this embodiment, the terminal device receives the third message and can perform cell switching. The method flow shown in FIG8 also includes:
S820，终端设备执行小区切换。S820, the terminal device performs cell switching.
具体地，终端设备执行小区切换，并开启第五定时器(如，T430定时器)，第五定时器的结束时刻由第二时刻和第七时长确定，如，第五定时器的结束时刻为从第二时刻开始第七时长之后的时刻。其中，第七时长为第三消息中携带的第七时长的信息指示的。例如，第三消息中包括ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration，该ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration用于指示第七时长。Specifically, the terminal device performs cell switching and starts a fifth timer (e.g., T430 timer), and the end time of the fifth timer is determined by the second moment and the seventh duration, such as the end time of the fifth timer is the moment after the seventh duration from the second moment. The seventh duration is indicated by the information of the seventh duration carried in the third message. For example, the third message includes ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration, which is used to indicate the seventh duration.
需要说明的是，该实施例中第五定时器实际的启动时刻是终端设备执行小区切换的时刻，而不是第二时刻。也就是说执行小区切换的时刻与所述第五定时器的结束时刻之间的时长并不一定为第七时长，为了区分，该实现方式下执行小区切换的时刻与所述第一定时器的结束时刻之间的时长称为第八时长。It should be noted that the actual start time of the fifth timer in this embodiment is the time when the terminal device performs cell switching, not the second time. That is to say, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the fifth timer is not necessarily the seventh duration. In order to distinguish, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer in this implementation is called the eighth duration.
在第二时刻为执行小区切换的时刻之前的时刻的情况下，第八时长为第七时长和第三差值的差值；In the case where the second moment is a moment before the moment when the cell switching is performed, the eighth duration is the difference between the seventh duration and the third difference;
在第二时刻为执行小区切换的时刻之后的时刻的情况下，第八时长为第七时长和第三差值的和值；In the case where the second moment is a moment after the moment when the cell switching is performed, the eighth duration is the sum of the seventh duration and the third difference;
其中，第三差值为执行小区切换的时刻和第二时刻之间的时间差的绝对值。The third difference is the absolute value of the time difference between the time when the cell switching is performed and the second time.
本申请还提供另一种通信方法，可以指示不同星历信息的生效时刻，下面结合图9进行说明。The present application also provides another communication method, which can indicate the effective time of different ephemeris information, which is explained below in conjunction with Figure 9.
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图，包括以下步骤：FIG. 9 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application, comprising the following steps:
S910，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第四消息，或者说网络设备向终端设备发送第四消息。S910, the terminal device receives a fourth message from the network device, or the network device sends a fourth message to the terminal device.
第四消息中包括多个星历信息、多个时长的信息和第四指示信息(epoch time)，第四指示信息用于指示多个星历信息中第一个星历信息的生效时刻。The fourth message includes multiple ephemeris information, multiple duration information and fourth indication information (epoch time), and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the effective time of the first ephemeris information among the multiple ephemeris information.
作为一种可能的实现方式，第四消息为前文所示的切换场景下，网络设备向终端设备发送的用于指示终端设备从源小区切换至目标小区的消息。As a possible implementation manner, the fourth message is a message sent by the network device to the terminal device in the switching scenario shown above to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source cell to the target cell.
例如，第四消息为RRC重配消息(RRC消息)；还例如，第四消息为MAC CE消息。For example, the fourth message is an RRC reconfiguration message (RRC message); for another example, the fourth message is a MAC CE message.
应理解，该实现方式下对于第四消息的具体形式不做限定，任何能够用于触发终端设备执行小区切换的消息均在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be understood that in this implementation, the specific form of the fourth message is not limited, and any message that can be used to trigger the terminal device to perform cell switching is within the protection scope of this application.
作为另一种可能的实现方式，第四消息为前文所示的条件切换场景下，网络设备向终端设备发送的消息，则该第四消息中还包括切换条件的信息。As another possible implementation, the fourth message is a message sent by the network device to the terminal device in the conditional switching scenario shown above, and the fourth message also includes information on the switching conditions.
例如，第四消息为条件切换消息，包括但不限于：RRC重配消息(RRC消息)、MAC CE消息等。For example, the fourth message is a conditional switching message, including but not limited to: RRC reconfiguration message (RRC message), MAC CE message, etc.
应理解，该实现方式下对于第四消息的具体形式不做限定，任何包含上述信息(如，多个星历信息、多个时长的信息和第四指示信息和切换条件的信息)的消息均在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be understood that the specific form of the fourth message is not limited in this implementation, and any message containing the above information (such as multiple ephemeris information, multiple time length information and fourth indication information and switching condition information) is within the scope of protection of this application.
具体地，该实施例中第四消息中包括的多个星历信息的个数和包括的多个时长的信息的个数相同。相邻两个星历信息中前一个星历信息的结束时刻是后一个星历信息的生效时刻。Specifically, the number of the plurality of ephemeris information included in the fourth message in this embodiment is the same as the number of the plurality of time-length information included. The end time of the first ephemeris information of two adjacent ephemeris information is the effective time of the second ephemeris information.
例如，第四消息中包括顺序排列的星历信息#1、星历信息#2和星历信息#3，则星历信息#1的结束时刻是星历信息#2的生效时刻，星历信息#2的结束时刻是星历信息#3的生效时刻。For example, the fourth message includes ephemeris information #1, ephemeris information #2 and ephemeris information #3 arranged in sequence, then the end time of ephemeris information #1 is the effective time of ephemeris information #2, and the end time of ephemeris information #2 is the effective time of ephemeris information #3.
进一步地，该实施例中，终端设备接收到第四消息，可以执行小区切换，图9所示的方法流程还包括：Further, in this embodiment, the terminal device receives the fourth message and may perform cell switching. The method flow shown in FIG9 further includes:
S920，终端设备执行小区切换。S920, the terminal device performs cell switching.
具体地，终端设备执行小区切换时使用第五星历信息，终端设备确定第五星历信息的生效时刻；Specifically, the terminal device uses the fifth ephemeris information when performing cell switching, and the terminal device determines the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information;
其中，第五星历信息为多个星历信息中的第N个星历信息，第五星历信息的生效时刻由第四指示 信息指示的第四系统帧号和第三子帧号以及第五星历信息之前的N-1个星历信息分别对应的N-1个时长的信息确定。The fifth ephemeris information is the Nth ephemeris information among the plurality of ephemeris information, and the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information is indicated by the fourth The fourth system frame number and the third subframe number indicated by the information and the N-1 time lengths corresponding to the N-1 ephemeris information before the fifth ephemeris information are determined.
例如，如果终端执行切换时使用的第五星历信息是多个星历信息中的第一个星历信息，则第五星历信息的生效时刻为第四指示信息指示的第四系统帧号和第三子帧号确定的时刻。For example, if the fifth ephemeris information used by the terminal when performing switching is the first ephemeris information among multiple ephemeris information, the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information is the time determined by the fourth system frame number indicated by the fourth indication information and the third subframe number.
具体地，终端设备执行小区切换，并开启第六定时器(如，T430定时器)，第六定时器的结束时刻由第五星历信息的生效时刻(即基于第四系统帧号和第三子帧号确定的时刻确定的时刻)和第一时长确定，如，第六定时器的结束时刻为从第五星历信息的生效时刻开始第一个星历信息对应时长之后的时刻。其中，第一个星历信息对应时长为第四消息中携带的时长#1的信息指示的。例如，第一消息中包括ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration，该ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration用于指示第一个星历信息对应的时长。Specifically, the terminal device performs cell switching and starts a sixth timer (e.g., T430 timer), and the end time of the sixth timer is determined by the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information (i.e., the time determined based on the fourth system frame number and the third subframe number) and the first duration, such as the end time of the sixth timer is the time after the first ephemeris information corresponding duration from the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information. The first ephemeris information corresponding duration is indicated by the duration #1 information carried in the fourth message. For example, the first message includes ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration, which is used to indicate the duration corresponding to the first ephemeris information.
需要说明的是，该实施例中第六定时器实际的启动时刻是终端设备执行小区切换的时刻，而不是第五星历信息的生效时刻。也就是说执行小区切换的时刻与所述第一定时器的结束时刻之间的时长并不一定为时长#1，为了区分，该实现方式下执行小区切换的时刻与所述第一定时器的结束时刻之间的时长称为时长#1’。It should be noted that the actual start time of the sixth timer in this embodiment is the time when the terminal device performs cell switching, rather than the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information. That is to say, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer is not necessarily the duration #1. In order to distinguish, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer in this implementation is called duration #1'.
在第四指示信息指示的时刻为执行小区切换的时刻之前的时刻的情况下，时长#1’为时长#1和第四差值的差值；In the case where the time indicated by the fourth indication information is a time before the time when the cell switching is performed, the duration #1' is the difference between the duration #1 and the fourth difference;
在第四指示信息指示的时刻为执行小区切换的时刻之后的时刻的情况下，时长#1’为时长#1和第四差值的和值；In the case where the time indicated by the fourth indication information is a time after the time when the cell switching is performed, the duration #1' is the sum of the duration #1 and the fourth difference;
其中，第四差值为执行小区切换的时刻和第四指示信息指示的时刻之间的时间差的绝对值。The fourth difference is the absolute value of the time difference between the time when the cell switching is performed and the time indicated by the fourth indication information.
还例如，如果终端执行切换时使用的第五星历信息是多个星历信息中的第N个星历信息(N为大于1的整数)，则第五星历信息生效时刻为第四指示信息指示的时刻以及第五星历信息之前的N-1个星历信息分别对应的N-1个时长的信息确定的时刻。For example, if the fifth ephemeris information used by the terminal when performing switching is the Nth ephemeris information among multiple ephemeris information (N is an integer greater than 1), the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information is the time indicated by the fourth indication information and the time determined by the N-1 time lengths corresponding to the N-1 ephemeris information before the fifth ephemeris information.
具体地，终端设备执行小区切换，并开启第七定时器(如，T430定时器)，第七定时器的结束时刻由第五星历信息的生效时刻(即基于第四系统帧号和第三子帧号确定的时刻确定的时刻)和N-1个时长确定，如，第七定时器的结束时刻为从第五星历信息的生效时刻开始N-1个星历信息分别对应的N-1个时长之后的时刻。其中，N-1个星历信息分别对应的N-1个时长为第四消息中携带的N-1个时长的信息指示的。例如，第一消息中包括N-1个ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration，该N-1个ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration用于指示N-1个星历信息分别对应的时长。Specifically, the terminal device performs cell switching and starts the seventh timer (e.g., T430 timer), and the end time of the seventh timer is determined by the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information (i.e., the time determined based on the fourth system frame number and the third subframe number) and N-1 durations, such as the end time of the seventh timer is the time after the N-1 durations corresponding to the N-1 ephemeris information respectively start from the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information. Among them, the N-1 durations corresponding to the N-1 ephemeris information are indicated by the information of the N-1 durations carried in the fourth message. For example, the first message includes N-1 ntn-UlSyncValidityDurations, and the N-1 ntn-UlSyncValidityDurations are used to indicate the durations corresponding to the N-1 ephemeris information respectively.
需要说明的是，该实施例中第七定时器实际的启动时刻是终端设备执行小区切换的时刻，而不是第五星历信息的生效时刻。也就是说执行小区切换的时刻与所述第一定时器的结束时刻之间的时长并不一定为时长#N，为了区分，该实现方式下执行小区切换的时刻与所述第一定时器的结束时刻之间的时长称为时长#N’。It should be noted that the actual start time of the seventh timer in this embodiment is the time when the terminal device performs cell switching, rather than the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information. That is to say, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer is not necessarily the duration #N. In order to distinguish, the duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer in this implementation is called duration #N'.
在时刻#N为执行小区切换的时刻之前的时刻的情况下，时长#N’为时长#N和第五差值的差值；In the case where the time #N is a time before the time when the cell switching is performed, the duration #N' is the difference between the duration #N and the fifth difference value;
在时刻#N为执行小区切换的时刻之后的时刻的情况下，时长#N’为时长#N和第五差值的和值；When the time #N is a time after the time when the cell switching is performed, the duration #N' is the sum of the duration #N and the fifth difference value;
其中，第五差值为执行小区切换的时刻和时刻#N之间的时间差，时刻#N为第四指示信息指示的时刻之后的N-1个星历信息分别对应的N-1个时长之后的时刻。The fifth difference is the time difference between the time when the cell switching is performed and time #N, and time #N is the time after N-1 time periods respectively corresponding to N-1 ephemeris information after the time indicated by the fourth indication information.
本申请还提供另一种通信方法，提出通过专用信令的方式给没有公共搜索空间的终端设备发送的系统信息块(如，SIB19或其他包括NTN参数信息的信息)，但是系统信息块中没有携带epoch time的情况下，终端设备如何确定系统信息块中的星历信息的epoch time，为了便于描述以系统信息块为SIB19，并结合图10进行说明。The present application also provides another communication method, proposing to send a system information block (such as SIB19 or other information including NTN parameter information) to a terminal device without a public search space through dedicated signaling. However, when the system information block does not carry the epoch time, how does the terminal device determine the epoch time of the ephemeris information in the system information block? For the sake of convenience of description, the system information block is SIB19 and is illustrated in conjunction with Figure 10.
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图，包括以下步骤：FIG10 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application, comprising the following steps:
S1010，终端设备接收来自服务小区所属的网络设备的专用信令，或者说服务小区所属的网络设备向终端设备发送专用信令。S1010, the terminal device receives dedicated signaling from the network device to which the serving cell belongs, or the network device to which the serving cell belongs sends dedicated signaling to the terminal device.
专用信令中包括SIB19，但是SIB19中未包括指示所述服务小区的星历信息生效时刻的信息。The dedicated signaling includes SIB19, but SIB19 does not include information indicating the time at which the ephemeris information of the serving cell takes effect.
S1020，终端设备确定服务小区的星历信息生效时刻。S1020, the terminal device determines the time when the ephemeris information of the service cell takes effect.
作为一种可能的实现方式，终端设备将调度SIB19的系统消息窗SI window的结束时刻作为服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻。As a possible implementation method, the terminal device uses the end time of the system message window SI window that schedules SIB19 as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell.
其中，SI window为专用信令位于的SI window，或者为专用信令相邻的SI window。 The SI window is the SI window where the dedicated signaling is located, or the SI window adjacent to the dedicated signaling.
为了便于理解，结合图11说明专用信令和调度SIB19的SI window的结束时刻的关系。For ease of understanding, Figure 11 illustrates the relationship between the dedicated signaling and the end time of the SI window that schedules SIB19.
如图11所示，SI window#1为专用信令相邻的之前的SI window，终端设备可以将SI window#1的结束时刻作为所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻；SI window#2为专用信令相邻的之后的SI window，终端设备可以将SI window#2的结束时刻作为所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻。As shown in Figure 11, SI window #1 is the SI window before the dedicated signaling, and the terminal device can use the end time of SI window #1 as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell; SI window #2 is the SI window after the dedicated signaling, and the terminal device can use the end time of SI window #2 as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell.
另外，需要说明的是，专用信令与SI window重叠，则认为该SI window是与专用信令最近的SI window。In addition, it should be noted that if the dedicated signaling overlaps with the SI window, the SI window is considered to be the SI window closest to the dedicated signaling.
作为另一种可能的实现方式，终端设备接收来自服务小区所属的网络设备的指示服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻的第一信息，第一信息不位于SIB19中。As another possible implementation manner, the terminal device receives first information indicating the validity time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell from the network device to which the serving cell belongs, and the first information is not located in SIB19.
具体地，在该实现方式下，网络设备通过专用信令给终端设备发送系统消息SIB19时，如果SIB19中没有服务小区的epochtime参数，网络设备将服务小区的epochtime参数发给终端设备(该epochtime参数指示SIB19星历信息的有效开始时间)，该epochtime参数不位于dedicatedSystemInformationDelivery字段之内，终端设备将接收到的epochtime参数作为服务小区的星历的生效时刻。Specifically, under this implementation mode, when the network device sends a system message SIB19 to the terminal device through dedicated signaling, if there is no epochtime parameter of the service cell in SIB19, the network device sends the epochtime parameter of the service cell to the terminal device (the epochtime parameter indicates the effective start time of the SIB19 ephemeris information), and the epochtime parameter is not located in the dedicatedSystemInformationDelivery field. The terminal device uses the received epochtime parameter as the effective time of the ephemeris of the service cell.
可选地，如果该专用信令有邻区的epoch time参数，将该邻区的epoch time参数指示的时刻作为邻区的星历信息的生效时刻；否则将所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻作为所述邻区的星历信息生效时刻。Optionally, if the dedicated signaling has an epoch time parameter of the neighboring cell, the time indicated by the epoch time parameter of the neighboring cell is used as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell; otherwise, the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell is used as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
本申请还提供另一种通信方法，提出通过广播的方式给终端设备发送的服务小区和邻区的星历信息，但是没有发送邻区星历信息epoch time的情况下，终端设备如何确定邻区星历信息的epoch time，下面结合图12进行说明。The present application also provides another communication method, proposing to send the ephemeris information of the service cell and neighboring cell to the terminal device by broadcasting. However, when the epoch time of the neighboring cell ephemeris information is not sent, how the terminal device determines the epoch time of the neighboring cell ephemeris information is explained below in conjunction with Figure 12.
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图，包括以下步骤：FIG. 12 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application, comprising the following steps:
S1210，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第五消息，或者说网络设备向终端设备发送第五消息。S1210, the terminal device receives a fifth message from the network device, or the network device sends a fifth message to the terminal device.
第五消息中包括所述服务小区的星历信息和第五指示信息(epoch time)，所述第五指示信息用于指示所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻，所述第五消息中包括邻区的星历信息，且未包括指示邻区的星历信息生效时刻的信息。The fifth message includes the ephemeris information of the serving cell and fifth indication information (epoch time), wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate the time when the ephemeris information of the serving cell takes effect. The fifth message includes the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, but does not include information indicating the time when the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell takes effect.
S1220，终端设备确定邻区的星历信息生效时刻。S1220, the terminal device determines the time when the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell takes effect.
具体地，所述终端设备将所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻作为所述邻区的星历信息生效时刻。Specifically, the terminal device uses the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
第五指示信息用于指示第六系统帧的帧号，方法还包括：The fifth indication information is used to indicate the frame number of the sixth system frame. The method also includes:
在所述第六系统帧的帧号和承载所述第五消息的第七系统帧的帧号相同的情况下，所述终端设备确定所述第六系统帧为所述第七系统帧。When the frame number of the sixth system frame is the same as the frame number of the seventh system frame carrying the fifth message, the terminal device determines that the sixth system frame is the seventh system frame.
例如，第五指示信息指示的第六系统帧的帧号为24；承载第五消息的第七系统帧的帧号为24，终端设备认为第六系统帧为当前的第七系统帧。For example, the frame number of the sixth system frame indicated by the fifth indication information is 24; the frame number of the seventh system frame carrying the fifth message is 24, and the terminal device considers the sixth system frame to be the current seventh system frame.
或者，or,
所述终端设备确定所述第六系统帧为所述第七系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第七系统帧之前的系统帧。The terminal device determines that the sixth system frame is a system frame before the seventh system frame within the system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs.
例如，第五指示信息指示的第六系统帧的帧号为20，承载第五消息的第七系统帧的帧号为24，终端设备认为第六系统帧为第七系统帧40ms之前的系统帧。For example, the frame number of the sixth system frame indicated by the fifth indication information is 20, and the frame number of the seventh system frame carrying the fifth message is 24. The terminal device considers that the sixth system frame is the system frame 40 ms before the seventh system frame.
或者，or,
所述终端设备确定所述第六系统帧为所述第七系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第七系统帧之后的系统帧。The terminal device determines that the sixth system frame is a system frame following the seventh system frame within the system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs.
例如，第五指示信息指示的第六系统帧的帧号为25；承载第五消息的第七系统帧的帧号为24，终端设备认为第六系统帧为第七系统帧10ms之后的系统帧。For example, the frame number of the sixth system frame indicated by the fifth indication information is 25; the frame number of the seventh system frame carrying the fifth message is 24, and the terminal device considers that the sixth system frame is a system frame 10ms after the seventh system frame.
或者，or,
所述终端设备确定所述第六系统帧为第四系统帧周期内的系统帧，其中，所述第四系统帧周期为所述第七系统帧所属的系统帧周期相邻的系统帧周期。The terminal device determines that the sixth system frame is a system frame within a fourth system frame period, wherein the fourth system frame period is a system frame period adjacent to the system frame period to which the seventh system frame belongs.
例如，第五指示信息指示的第六系统帧的帧号为20，承载第五消息的第七系统帧的帧号为24，终端设备认为第六系统帧为第七系统帧10200ms之后的系统帧。For example, the frame number of the sixth system frame indicated by the fifth indication information is 20, and the frame number of the seventh system frame carrying the fifth message is 24. The terminal device considers that the sixth system frame is a system frame after 10200ms of the seventh system frame.
本申请还提供另一种通信方法，提出通过广播的方式给终端设备发送的服务小区和邻区的星历信 息，但是没有发送邻区星历信息epoch time的情况下，终端设备如何确定邻区星历信息的epoch time，下面结合图13进行说明。The present application also provides another communication method, which proposes to send the ephemeris information of the serving cell and the neighboring cell to the terminal device by broadcasting. How does the terminal device determine the epoch time of the neighboring cell ephemeris information when the terminal device receives the information but does not send the epoch time of the neighboring cell ephemeris information? The following is an explanation in conjunction with FIG13.
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图，包括以下步骤：FIG. 13 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application, comprising the following steps:
S1310，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第六消息，或者说网络设备向终端设备发送第六消息。S1310, the terminal device receives a sixth message from the network device, or the network device sends a sixth message to the terminal device.
第六消息中包括服务小区的星历信息和邻区的星历信息，且未包括用于指示所述服务小区的星历信息生效时刻的信息以及指示邻区的星历信息生效时刻的信息。The sixth message includes the ephemeris information of the serving cell and the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, but does not include information indicating the time when the ephemeris information of the serving cell takes effect and information indicating the time when the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell takes effect.
S1320，终端设备确定星历信息生效时刻。S1320, the terminal device determines the time when the ephemeris information takes effect.
终端设备将调度所述SIB19的系统消息窗SI window的结束时刻作为所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻和所述邻区的星历信息生效时刻。The terminal device will schedule the end time of the system message window SI window of SIB19 as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell and the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
另外，因为星历信息和公共定时提前(Timing Advance，TA)参数携带在同一条消息中(如，均为NTN参数信息中包括的信息)，且星历信息的生效时刻和公共TA参数的生效时刻可以是同一个生效时刻。因此，终端设备确定的星历信息的生效时刻也可以是公共TA参数的生效时刻。也就是说本申请中提供的终端设备确定获取的星历信息的生效时刻的方法也可以应用于终端设备确定获取的公共TA参数的生效时刻。具体的确定方式不再重复说明，可以参考上述实施例中的描述。In addition, because the ephemeris information and the public timing advance (TA) parameters are carried in the same message (e.g., both are information included in the NTN parameter information), and the effective time of the ephemeris information and the effective time of the public TA parameters can be the same effective time. Therefore, the effective time of the ephemeris information determined by the terminal device can also be the effective time of the public TA parameters. That is to say, the method for the terminal device to determine the effective time of the acquired ephemeris information provided in the present application can also be applied to the terminal device to determine the effective time of the acquired public TA parameters. The specific determination method will not be repeated, and reference can be made to the description in the above embodiment.
例如，终端设备根据第一系统帧的帧号和第二系统帧的帧号是否相同确定公共TA参数的生效时刻，具体方式参考图5中步骤S520中的描述，将第一星历信息的第一生效时刻替换为公共TA参数的生效时刻即可；还例如，图8中步骤S810中关于第三指示信息的定义，可以是指示TA参数的生效时刻的信息；又例如，终端设备可以根据图9所示的实施例中确定多个星历信息的生效时刻的方法确定多个TA参数的生效时刻，等等，这里不再一一举例说明。另外，在确定TA参数的生效时刻为未来的时间的情况下，终端设备也可以根据未来的TA参数估计切换时刻的TA参数。For example, the terminal device determines the effective time of the common TA parameter according to whether the frame number of the first system frame and the frame number of the second system frame are the same. For the specific method, refer to the description in step S520 in FIG. 5, and replace the first effective time of the first ephemeris information with the effective time of the common TA parameter; for another example, the definition of the third indication information in step S810 in FIG. 8 may be information indicating the effective time of the TA parameter; for another example, the terminal device may determine the effective time of multiple TA parameters according to the method for determining the effective time of multiple ephemeris information in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, etc., which will not be described one by one here. In addition, when the effective time of the TA parameter is determined to be a future time, the terminal device may also estimate the TA parameter at the switching time according to the future TA parameter.
应理解，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that the size of the serial numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
还应理解，在本申请的各个实施例中，如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突，不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用，不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。It should also be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified or there is a logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referenced to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments can be combined to form new embodiments according to their internal logical relationships.
还应理解，在上述一些实施例中，主要以现有的网络架构中的设备为例进行了示例性说明(如终端设备、网络设备等等)，应理解，对于设备的具体形式本申请实施例不作限定。例如，在未来可以实现同样功能的设备都适用于本申请实施例。It should also be understood that in some of the above embodiments, the devices in the existing network architecture are mainly used as examples for exemplary description (such as terminal devices, network devices, etc.), and it should be understood that the specific form of the device is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. For example, devices that can achieve the same function in the future are applicable to the embodiments of the present application.
可以理解的是，上述各个方法实施例中，由设备(如终端设备、网络设备)实现的方法和操作，也可以由设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现。It can be understood that in the above-mentioned various method embodiments, the methods and operations implemented by devices (such as terminal devices, network devices) can also be implemented by components of the devices (such as chips or circuits).
以上，结合图5至图13详细说明了本申请实施例提供的资源选择的方法。上述资源选择的方法主要从终端设备的角度进行了介绍。可以理解的是，终端设备为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。The resource selection method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above in combination with Figures 5 to 13. The resource selection method described above is mainly introduced from the perspective of the terminal device. It can be understood that in order to implement the above functions, the terminal device includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function.
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those skilled in the art should be aware that, in combination with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in the form of hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of this application.
以下，结合图14至图16详细说明本申请实施例提供的通信的装置。应理解，装置实施例的描述与方法实施例的描述相互对应，因此，未详细描述的内容可以参见上文方法实施例，为了简洁，部分内容不再赘述。The communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application is described in detail below in conjunction with Figures 14 to 16. It should be understood that the description of the device embodiment corresponds to the description of the method embodiment, so the content not described in detail can refer to the method embodiment above, and for the sake of brevity, some content will not be repeated.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对发射端设备或者接收端设备进行功能模块的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面以采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块为例进行说明。The embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the transmitting end device or the receiving end device according to the above method example. For example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated module can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical functional division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation. The following is an example of dividing each functional module corresponding to each function.
图14是本申请实施例提供的通信装置10的示意性框图。该装置10包括收发模块11和处理模块12。收发模块11可以实现相应的通信功能，处理模块12用于进行数据处理，或者说该收发模块11用 于执行接收和发送相关的操作，该处理模块12用于执行除了接收和发送以外的其他操作。收发模块11还可以称为通信接口或通信单元。FIG14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 10 provided in an embodiment of the present application. The device 10 includes a transceiver module 11 and a processing module 12. The transceiver module 11 can implement corresponding communication functions, and the processing module 12 is used for data processing. The processing module 12 is used to perform operations related to receiving and sending. The transceiver module 11 can also be called a communication interface or a communication unit.
可选地，该装置10还可以包括存储模块13，该存储模块13可以用于存储指令和/或数据，处理模块12可以读取存储模块中的指令和/或数据，以使得装置实现前述各个方法实施例中设备的动作。Optionally, the device 10 may further include a storage module 13, which may be used to store instructions and/or data. The processing module 12 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage module so that the device implements the actions of the devices in the aforementioned method embodiments.
在一种设计中，该装置10可对应于上文方法实施例中的终端设备，或者是终端设备的组成部件(如芯片)。In one design, the apparatus 10 may correspond to the terminal device in the above method embodiment, or be a component (such as a chip) of the terminal device.
该装置10可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的终端设备执行的步骤或者流程，其中，收发模块11可用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备的收发相关的操作，处理模块12可用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备的处理相关的操作。The device 10 can implement the steps or processes executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment, wherein the transceiver module 11 can be used to execute the transceiver related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiment, and the processing module 12 can be used to execute the processing related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
在一种可能的实现方式，收发模块11，用于接收来自网络设备的第一消息，所述第一消息中包括目标小区的标识、所述目标小区对应的第一星历信息和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一系统帧的帧号；处理模块12，用于获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号；In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 11 is used to receive a first message from a network device, where the first message includes an identifier of a target cell, first ephemeris information corresponding to the target cell, and first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a frame number of a first system frame; the processing module 12 is used to obtain a frame number of a second system frame corresponding to the target cell;
所述处理模块12还用于根据所述第一系统帧的帧号和所述第二系统帧的帧号是否相同确定所述第一星历信息的第一生效时刻。The processing module 12 is further configured to determine a first valid time of the first ephemeris information according to whether a frame number of the first system frame is the same as a frame number of the second system frame.
在另一种可能的实现方式，收发模块11，用于接收来自网络设备的第三消息，所述第三消息中包括第四星历信息、第三指示信息和第七时长的信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第四星历信息生效的第二时刻；处理模块12，用于执行小区切换，并启动第五定时器，所述第五定时器的结束时刻由所述第二时刻和所述第七时长确定，其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第五定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第八时长，在所述执行小区切换的时刻早于所述第二时刻的情况下，所述第八时长为所述第七时长和第三差值的和值，在所述执行小区切换的时刻晚于所述第二时刻的情况下，所述第八时长为所述第七时长和第三差值的差值，其中，所述第三差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第二时刻之间的差值的绝对值。In another possible implementation, the transceiver module 11 is used to receive a third message from a network device, the third message including fourth ephemeris information, third indication information and seventh time duration information, the third indication information being used to indicate a second moment when the fourth ephemeris information takes effect; the processing module 12 is used to perform cell switching and start a fifth timer, the end moment of the fifth timer being determined by the second moment and the seventh time duration, wherein the duration between the moment of performing the cell switching and the end moment of the fifth timer is an eighth time duration, and in a case where the moment of performing the cell switching is earlier than the second moment, the eighth time duration is the sum of the seventh time duration and the third difference, and in a case where the moment of performing the cell switching is later than the second moment, the eighth time duration is the difference between the seventh time duration and the third difference, wherein the third difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of performing the cell switching and the second moment.
在又一种可能的实现方式，收发模块11，用于接收来自网络设备的第四消息，所述第四消息中包括至少两个星历信息、至少两个时长的信息和第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述多个星历信息中第一个星历信息的生效时刻；处理模块12，用于执行小区切换时使用第五星历信息，所述处理单元还用于确定所述第五星历信息的生效时刻；其中，所述第五星历信息为所述至少两个星历信息中的第N个星历信息，所述第五星历信息的生效时刻由所述第四指示信息指示的第四系统帧号和第三子帧号以及第五星历信息之前的N-1个星历信息分别对应的N-1个时长的信息确定。In another possible implementation, the transceiver module 11 is used to receive a fourth message from a network device, the fourth message including at least two ephemeris information, at least two time length information and fourth indication information, the fourth indication information being used to indicate the effective time of the first ephemeris information among the multiple ephemeris information; the processing module 12 is used to use the fifth ephemeris information when performing cell switching, and the processing unit is further used to determine the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information; wherein the fifth ephemeris information is the Nth ephemeris information among the at least two ephemeris information, and the effective time of the fifth ephemeris information is determined by the fourth system frame number and the third subframe number indicated by the fourth indication information and the N-1 time length information corresponding to the N-1 ephemeris information before the fifth ephemeris information.
在又一种可能的实现方式，收发模块11，用于接收来自服务小区所属的网络设备的专用信令，所述专用信令中包括系统信息块，所述系统信息块包括所述服务小区的星历信息；处理模块12，用于确定所述系统信息块中未包括指示所述服务小区的星历信息生效时刻的信息；处理模块12，还用于将调度所述系统信息块的系统消息窗SI window的结束时刻作为所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻，其中，所述SI window为所述专用信令位于的SI window，或者为所述专用信令相邻的SI window。In another possible implementation, the transceiver module 11 is used to receive dedicated signaling from a network device to which a service cell belongs, wherein the dedicated signaling includes a system information block, and the system information block includes the ephemeris information of the service cell; the processing module 12 is used to determine that the system information block does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell; the processing module 12 is further used to use the end time of the system message window SI window for scheduling the system information block as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell, wherein the SI window is the SI window where the dedicated signaling is located, or the SI window adjacent to the dedicated signaling.
在又一种可能的实现方式，收发模块11，用于接收来自服务小区所属的网络设备的专用信令，所述专用信令中包括系统信息块，所述系统信息块包括所述服务小区的星历信息；处理模块12，用于确定所述系统信息块中未包括指示所述服务小区的星历信息生效时刻的信息；所述收发模块11还用于接收来自服务小区所属的网络设备的指示所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻的第一信息，所述第一信息不位于所述系统信息块中。In another possible implementation, the transceiver module 11 is used to receive dedicated signaling from a network device to which a serving cell belongs, wherein the dedicated signaling includes a system information block, and the system information block includes the ephemeris information of the serving cell; the processing module 12 is used to determine that the system information block does not include information indicating the time when the ephemeris information of the serving cell takes effect; the transceiver module 11 is also used to receive first information indicating the time when the ephemeris information of the serving cell takes effect from the network device to which the serving cell belongs, and the first information is not located in the system information block.
在又一种可能的实现方式，收发模块11，用于接收来自服务小区所属的网络设备第五消息，所述第五消息中包括所述服务小区的星历信息和第五指示信息，第五指示信息用于指示服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻，所述第五消息中包括邻区的星历信息，且未包括指示邻区的星历信息生效时刻的信息；处理模块12，用于将所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻作为所述邻区的星历信息生效时刻。In another possible implementation, the transceiver module 11 is used to receive a fifth message from a network device to which a service cell belongs, the fifth message including the ephemeris information of the service cell and fifth indication information, the fifth indication information being used to indicate the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell, the fifth message including the ephemeris information of a neighboring cell, and not including information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell; the processing module 12 is used to use the effective time of the ephemeris information of the service cell as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
在又一种可能的实现方式，收发模块11，用于接收来自服务小区所属的网络设备的系统信息块，所述系统信息块中包括所述服务小区的星历信息和邻区的星历信息，且未包括用于指示所述服务小区的星历信息生效时刻的信息以及指示邻区的星历信息生效时刻的信息；处理模块12，用于将调度所述系统信息块的系统消息窗SI window的结束时刻作为所述服务小区的星历信息的生效时刻和所述邻区的星历信息生效时刻。 In another possible implementation, the transceiver module 11 is used to receive a system information block from a network device to which a serving cell belongs, wherein the system information block includes the ephemeris information of the serving cell and the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell, and does not include information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell and the information indicating the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell; the processing module 12 is used to use the end time of the system message window SI window for scheduling the system information block as the effective time of the ephemeris information of the serving cell and the effective time of the ephemeris information of the neighboring cell.
其中，当该装置10用于执行图5中的方法时，收发模块11可用于执行方法中的收发信息的步骤，如步骤S510；处理模块12可用于执行方法中的处理步骤，如步骤S520和S530。When the device 10 is used to execute the method in FIG. 5 , the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S510 ; the processing module 12 may be used to execute the processing steps in the method, such as steps S520 and S530 .
当该装置10用于执行图8中的方法时，收发模块11可用于执行方法中的收发信息的步骤，如步骤S810；处理模块12可用于执行方法中的处理步骤，如步骤S820。When the device 10 is used to execute the method in FIG. 8 , the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S810 ; the processing module 12 may be used to execute the processing steps in the method, such as step S820 .
当该装置10用于执行图9中的方法时，收发模块11可用于执行方法中的收发信息的步骤，如步骤S910；处理模块12可用于执行方法中的处理步骤，如步骤S920。When the device 10 is used to execute the method in FIG. 9 , the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S910 ; the processing module 12 may be used to execute the processing steps in the method, such as step S920 .
当该装置10用于执行图10中的方法时，收发模块11可用于执行方法中的收发信息的步骤，如步骤S1010；处理模块12可用于执行方法中的处理步骤，如步骤S1020。When the device 10 is used to execute the method in FIG. 10 , the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S1010 ; the processing module 12 may be used to execute the processing steps in the method, such as step S1020 .
当该装置10用于执行图12中的方法时，收发模块11可用于执行方法中的收发信息的步骤，如步骤S1210；处理模块12可用于执行方法中的处理步骤，如步骤S1220。When the device 10 is used to execute the method in Figure 12, the transceiver module 11 can be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S1210; the processing module 12 can be used to execute the processing steps in the method, such as step S1220.
当该装置10用于执行图13中的方法时，收发模块11可用于执行方法中的收发信息的步骤，如步骤S1310；处理模块12可用于执行方法中的处理步骤，如步骤S1320。When the device 10 is used to execute the method in Figure 13, the transceiver module 11 can be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S1310; the processing module 12 can be used to execute the processing steps in the method, such as step S1320.
应理解，各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process of each unit executing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiment, and for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
在另一种设计中，该装置10可对应于上文方法实施例中的网络设备，或者是网络设备的组成部件(如芯片)。In another design, the apparatus 10 may correspond to the network device in the above method embodiment, or a component (such as a chip) of the network device.
该装置10可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的网络设备执行的步骤或者流程，其中，收发模块11可用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备的收发相关的操作，处理模块12可用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备的处理相关的操作。The device 10 can implement the steps or processes executed by the network device in the above method embodiment, wherein the transceiver module 11 can be used to execute the transceiver related operations of the network device in the above method embodiment, and the processing module 12 can be used to execute the processing related operations of the network device in the above method embodiment.
在一种可能的实现方式，处理模块12，用于确定第三消息，所述第三消息中包括第四星历信息、第三指示信息和第七时长的信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第四星历信息生效的第二时刻；收发模块11，用于向终端设备发送所述第三消息。其中，第二时刻为一个绝对的时刻。In a possible implementation, the processing module 12 is used to determine a third message, wherein the third message includes fourth ephemeris information, third indication information and seventh duration information, wherein the third indication information is used to indicate a second time when the fourth ephemeris information takes effect; and the transceiver module 11 is used to send the third message to the terminal device. The second time is an absolute time.
其中，当该装置10用于执行图5中的方法时，收发模块11可用于执行方法中的收发信息的步骤，如步骤S510；处理模块12可用于执行方法中的处理步骤。When the device 10 is used to execute the method in FIG. 5 , the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S510 ; and the processing module 12 may be used to execute the processing steps in the method.
当该装置10用于执行图8中的方法时，收发模块11可用于执行方法中的收发信息的步骤，如步骤S810。When the device 10 is used to execute the method in FIG. 8 , the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S810 .
当该装置10用于执行图9中的方法时，收发模块11可用于执行方法中的收发信息的步骤，如步骤S910。When the device 10 is used to execute the method in FIG. 9 , the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S910 .
当该装置10用于执行图10中的方法时，收发模块11可用于执行方法中的收发信息的步骤，如步骤S1010。When the device 10 is used to execute the method in FIG. 10 , the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S1010 .
当该装置10用于执行图12中的方法时，收发模块11可用于执行方法中的收发信息的步骤，如步骤S1210。When the device 10 is used to execute the method in FIG. 12 , the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S1210 .
当该装置10用于执行图13中的方法时，收发模块11可用于执行方法中的收发信息的步骤，如步骤S1310。When the device 10 is used to execute the method in FIG. 13 , the transceiver module 11 may be used to execute the steps of sending and receiving information in the method, such as step S1310 .
应理解，各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process of each unit executing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiment, and for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
还应理解，这里的装置10以功能模块的形式体现。这里的术语“模块”可以指应用特有集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中，本领域技术人员可以理解，装置10可以具体为上述实施例中的移动管理网元，可以用于执行上述各方法实施例中与移动管理网元对应的各个流程和/或步骤；或者，装置10可以具体为上述实施例中的终端设备，可以用于执行上述各方法实施例中与终端设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤，为避免重复，在此不再赘述。It should also be understood that the device 10 here is embodied in the form of a functional module. The term "module" here may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor (such as a shared processor, a dedicated processor or a group processor, etc.) and a memory for executing one or more software or firmware programs, a merged logic circuit and/or other suitable components that support the described functions. In an optional example, those skilled in the art can understand that the device 10 can be specifically the mobile management network element in the above-mentioned embodiment, and can be used to execute the various processes and/or steps corresponding to the mobile management network element in the above-mentioned method embodiments; or, the device 10 can be specifically the terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment, and can be used to execute the various processes and/or steps corresponding to the terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiments. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
上述各个方案的装置10具有实现上述方法中的设备(如终端设备、网络设备)所执行的相应步骤的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块；例如收发模块可以由收发机替代(例如，收发模块中的发送单元可以由发送机替代，收发模块中的接收单元可以由接收机替代)，其它单元，如处理模块等可以由处理器 替代，分别执行各个方法实施例中的收发操作以及相关的处理操作。The apparatus 10 of each of the above schemes has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the device (such as terminal device, network device) in the above method. The function can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions; for example, the transceiver module can be replaced by a transceiver (for example, the sending unit in the transceiver module can be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit in the transceiver module can be replaced by a receiver), and other units, such as the processing module, can be replaced by a processor. Instead, the sending and receiving operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment are performed separately.
此外，上述收发模块11还可以是收发电路(例如可以包括接收电路和发送电路)，处理模块可以是处理电路。In addition, the transceiver module 11 may also be a transceiver circuit (for example, may include a receiving circuit and a sending circuit), and the processing module may be a processing circuit.
图15是本申请实施例提供另一种通信装置20的示意图。该装置20包括处理器21，处理器21用于执行存储器22存储的计算机程序或指令，或读取存储器22存储的数据/信令，以执行上文各方法实施例中的方法。可选地，处理器21为一个或多个。FIG15 is a schematic diagram of another communication device 20 provided in an embodiment of the present application. The device 20 includes a processor 21, and the processor 21 is used to execute a computer program or instruction stored in a memory 22, or read data/signaling stored in the memory 22 to execute the method in each method embodiment above. Optionally, there are one or more processors 21.
可选地，如图15所示，该装置20还包括存储器22，存储器22用于存储计算机程序或指令和/或数据。该存储器22可以与处理器21集成在一起，或者也可以分离设置。可选地，存储器22为一个或多个。Optionally, as shown in FIG15 , the device 20 further includes a memory 22, and the memory 22 is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data. The memory 22 can be integrated with the processor 21, or can also be separately arranged. Optionally, the memory 22 is one or more.
可选地，如图15所示，该装置20还包括收发器23，收发器23用于信号的接收和/或发送。例如，处理器21用于控制收发器23进行信号的接收和/或发送。Optionally, as shown in Fig. 15, the device 20 further includes a transceiver 23, and the transceiver 23 is used for receiving and/or sending signals. For example, the processor 21 is used to control the transceiver 23 to receive and/or send signals.
作为一种方案，该装置20用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由终端设备执行的操作。As a solution, the device 20 is used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the above various method embodiments.
作为另一种方案，该装置20用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由网络设备执行的操作。As another solution, the device 20 is used to implement the operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
应理解，本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)，还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor, etc.
还应理解，本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器和/或非易失性存储器。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)。例如，RAM可以用作外部高速缓存。作为示例而非限定，RAM包括如下多种形式：静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory and/or a non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read-only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or a flash memory. The volatile memory may be a random access memory (RAM). For example, a RAM may be used as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, RAM includes the following forms: static RAM (SRAM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate SDRAM (DDR SDRAM), enhanced SDRAM (ESDRAM), synchronous link DRAM (SLDRAM), and direct rambus RAM (DR RAM).
需要说明的是，当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时，存储器(存储模块)可以集成在处理器中。It should be noted that when the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, the memory (storage module) can be integrated into the processor.
还需要说明的是，本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should also be noted that the memory described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
图16是本申请实施例提供一种芯片系统30的示意图。该芯片系统30(或者也可以称为处理系统)包括逻辑电路31以及输入/输出接口(input/output interface)32。FIG16 is a schematic diagram of a chip system 30 provided in an embodiment of the present application. The chip system 30 (or also referred to as a processing system) includes a logic circuit 31 and an input/output interface 32.
其中，逻辑电路31可以为芯片系统30中的处理电路。逻辑电路31可以耦合连接存储单元，调用存储单元中的指令，使得芯片系统30可以实现本申请各实施例的方法和功能。输入/输出接口32，可以为芯片系统30中的输入输出电路，将芯片系统30处理好的信息输出，或将待处理的数据或信令信息输入芯片系统30进行处理。Among them, the logic circuit 31 can be a processing circuit in the chip system 30. The logic circuit 31 can be coupled to the storage unit and call the instructions in the storage unit so that the chip system 30 can implement the methods and functions of each embodiment of the present application. The input/output interface 32 can be an input/output circuit in the chip system 30, outputting information processed by the chip system 30, or inputting data or signaling information to be processed into the chip system 30 for processing.
作为一种方案，该芯片系统30用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由终端设备执行的操作。As a solution, the chip system 30 is used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the above various method embodiments.
例如，逻辑电路31用于实现上文方法实施例中由终端设备执行的处理相关的操作；输入/输出接口32用于实现上文方法实施例中由终端设备执行的发送和/或接收相关的操作。For example, the logic circuit 31 is used to implement the processing-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment; the input/output interface 32 is used to implement the sending and/or receiving-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
作为另一种方案，该芯片系统30用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由网络设备执行的操作。As another solution, the chip system 30 is used to implement the operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
例如，逻辑电路31用于实现上文方法实施例中由网络设备执行的处理相关的操作；输入/输出接口32用于实现上文方法实施例中由网络设备执行的发送和/或接收相关的操作。For example, the logic circuit 31 is used to implement the processing-related operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment; the input/output interface 32 is used to implement the sending and/or receiving-related operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有用于实现上述各方法实施例中由设备执行的方法的计算机指令。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which computer instructions for implementing the methods executed by the device in the above-mentioned method embodiments are stored.
例如，该计算机程序被计算机执行时，使得该计算机可以实现上述方法各实施例中由终端设备或网络设备执行的方法。 For example, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method executed by the terminal device or the network device in each embodiment of the above method.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，包含指令，该指令被计算机执行时以实现上述各方法实施例中由终端设备或网络设备执行的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, comprising instructions, which, when executed by a computer, implement the methods performed by a terminal device or a network device in the above-mentioned method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统，包括前述的终端设备和网络设备。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including the aforementioned terminal device and network device.
上述提供的任一种装置中相关内容的解释及有益效果均可参考上文提供的对应的方法实施例，此处不再赘述。The explanation of the relevant contents and beneficial effects of any of the above-mentioned devices can be referred to the corresponding method embodiments provided above, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。此外，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。例如，所述计算机可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk，SSD)等。例如，前述的可用介质包括但不限于：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。In the above embodiments, it can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the process or function described in the embodiment of the present application is generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. For example, the computer can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center by wired (e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) mode to another website site, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that a computer can access or a data storage device such as a server or data center that contains one or more available media integrations. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (e.g., a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (e.g., a solid state disk (SSD)). For example, the aforementioned available medium includes, but is not limited to, various media that can store program codes, such as a USB flash drive, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk.
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above is only a specific implementation of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person skilled in the art who is familiar with the present technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application, which should be included in the protection scope of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (31)

  1. 一种通信的方法，其特征在于，包括：A communication method, comprising:
    终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一消息，所述第一消息中包括目标小区的标识、所述目标小区对应的第一星历信息和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一系统帧的帧号；The terminal device receives a first message from the network device, where the first message includes an identifier of a target cell, first ephemeris information corresponding to the target cell, and first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a frame number of a first system frame;
    所述终端设备获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号；The terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一系统帧的帧号和所述第二系统帧的帧号是否相同确定所述第一星历信息的第一生效时刻。The terminal device determines a first effective time of the first ephemeris information according to whether a frame number of the first system frame is the same as a frame number of the second system frame.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一系统帧的帧号和所述第二系统帧的帧号相同的情况下，所述第一星历信息的第一生效时刻为基于所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻，The method according to claim 1, characterized in that, when the frame number of the first system frame and the frame number of the second system frame are the same, the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs,
    其中，所述第一子帧的帧号通过所述第一指示信息指示，所述第一子帧为所述第一系统帧中的一个子帧。The frame number of the first subframe is indicated by the first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备执行小区切换，并启动第一定时器，所述第一定时器的结束时刻由所述第一生效时刻和第一时长确定，所述第一时长由所述第一消息中包括的第一时长的信息确定，The terminal device performs cell switching and starts a first timer, where the end time of the first timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, and the first duration is determined by information of the first duration included in the first message,
    其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第一定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第二时长，The duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer is the second duration.
    在所述执行小区切换的时刻早于所述第一生效时刻的情况下，所述第二时长为所述第一时长和第一差值的和值，In the case where the time for executing the cell switching is earlier than the first effective time, the second duration is the sum of the first duration and the first difference,
    在所述执行小区切换的时刻晚于所述第一生效时刻的情况下，所述第二时长为所述第一时长和第一差值的差值，In the case where the time for executing the cell switching is later than the first effective time, the second duration is the difference between the first duration and the first difference.
    其中，所述第一差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第一生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。The first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the time of executing the cell switching and the first effective time.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一系统帧的帧号和所述第二系统帧的帧号不同的情况下，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1, characterized in that, when the frame number of the first system frame is different from the frame number of the second system frame, the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备确定所述第一系统帧为所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第二系统帧之前的系统帧，所述第一星历信息的第一生效时刻为基于所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻；或者，The terminal device determines that the first system frame is a system frame before the second system frame within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs, and the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs; or
    所述终端设备确定所述第一系统帧为第一系统帧周期内的系统帧，所述第一系统帧周期为所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期相邻的前一个系统帧周期，所述第一星历信息的第一生效时刻为基于所述第一系统帧周期内所述第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻，The terminal device determines that the first system frame is a system frame within a first system frame period, the first system frame period is a previous system frame period adjacent to the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs, and the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the first system frame period,
    其中，所述第一子帧的帧号通过所述第一指示信息指示，所述第一子帧为所述第一系统帧中的一个子帧。The frame number of the first subframe is indicated by the first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 4, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备执行小区切换，并启动第二定时器，所述第二定时器的结束时刻由所述第一生效时刻和第一时长确定，所述第一时长由所述第一消息中包括的第一时长的信息确定，The terminal device performs cell switching and starts a second timer, where the end time of the second timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, and the first duration is determined by information of the first duration included in the first message,
    其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第二定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第三时长，所述第三时长为所述第一时长和第一差值的差值，所述第一差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第一生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。Among them, the duration between the moment of executing the cell switching and the end time of the second timer is the third duration, the third duration is the difference between the first duration and the first difference, and the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of executing the cell switching and the first effective time.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一系统帧的帧号和所述第二系统帧的帧号不同的情况下，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1, characterized in that, when the frame number of the first system frame is different from the frame number of the second system frame, the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备确定所述第一系统帧为所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第二系统帧之后的系统帧；或者，The terminal device determines that the first system frame is a system frame after the second system frame within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs; or
    所述终端设备确定所述第一系统帧为第二系统帧周期内的系统帧，所述第二系统帧周期为所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期相邻的后一个系统帧周期。The terminal device determines that the first system frame is a system frame within a second system frame period, and the second system frame period is a subsequent system frame period adjacent to the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 6, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备执行小区切换，确定所述第一系统帧指示的时刻晚于所述执行小区切换的时刻； The terminal device performs cell switching, and determines that the time indicated by the first system frame is later than the time of performing the cell switching;
    所述终端设备获取所述目标小区的系统信息块，所述系统信息块中包括第二星历信息和第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示第三系统帧的帧号和第二子帧的帧号；The terminal device obtains a system information block of the target cell, where the system information block includes second ephemeris information and second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a frame number of a third system frame and a frame number of a second subframe;
    所述终端设备确定所述第二星历信息的第二生效时刻为所述第三系统帧和第二子帧确定的时刻。The terminal device determines that the second effective time of the second ephemeris information is the time determined by the third system frame and the second subframe.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述终端设备获取所述目标小区的系统信息块之前，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 7, characterized in that before the terminal device obtains the system information block of the target cell, the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备确定获取所述目标小区的系统信息块所需的时长小于时长门限；或者，The terminal device determines that the time required to obtain the system information block of the target cell is less than the time threshold; or,
    所述终端设备确定所述第一生效时刻与所述执行小区切换的时刻之间的时差大于获取所述目标小区的系统信息块所需的时长。The terminal device determines that the time difference between the first effective time and the time of executing cell switching is greater than the time required to obtain the system information block of the target cell.
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 7 or 8, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备执行小区切换，并启动第三定时器，所述第三定时器的结束时刻由所述第二生效时刻和第四时长确定，所述第四时长由所述系统信息块中包括的第四时长的信息确定，The terminal device performs cell switching and starts a third timer, where an end time of the third timer is determined by the second effective time and a fourth duration, and the fourth duration is determined by information of the fourth duration included in the system information block,
    其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第三定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第五时长，The duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the third timer is the fifth duration.
    在所述执行小区切换的时刻早于所述第二生效时刻的情况下，所述第五时长为所述第四时长和第二差值的和值，In the case where the time for executing the cell switching is earlier than the second effective time, the fifth duration is the sum of the fourth duration and the second difference,
    在所述执行小区切换的时刻晚于所述第二生效时刻的情况下，所述第五时长为所述第四时长和第二差值的差值，In the case where the time for executing the cell switching is later than the second effective time, the fifth duration is the difference between the fourth duration and the second difference,
    其中，所述第二差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第二生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。The second difference is the absolute value of the difference between the time of executing the cell switching and the second effective time.
  10. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 6, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备在执行小区切换时根据所述第一星历信息估计所述执行小区切换的时刻对应的第三星历信息，并启动第四定时器，所述第四定时器的结束时刻由所述第一生效时刻和第一时长确定，所述第一时长由所述第一消息中包括的第一时长的信息确定，When performing cell switching, the terminal device estimates the third ephemeris information corresponding to the time of performing the cell switching according to the first ephemeris information, and starts a fourth timer, where the end time of the fourth timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, and the first duration is determined by the information of the first duration included in the first message,
    其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第四定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第六时长，所述第六时长为所述第一时长和第一差值的和值，所述第一差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第一生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。Among them, the duration between the moment of executing the cell switching and the end moment of the fourth timer is the sixth duration, the sixth duration is the sum of the first duration and the first difference, and the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of executing the cell switching and the first effective moment.
  11. 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一消息用于指示所述终端设备从源小区切换至所述目标小区的情况下，所述终端设备获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号，包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, characterized in that, when the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source cell to the target cell, the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, including:
    所述终端设备在执行切换时，与所述目标小区进行下行同步并获取所述目标小区的主信息块MIB，When performing the handover, the terminal device performs downlink synchronization with the target cell and obtains the master information block MIB of the target cell.
    其中，所述MIB用于获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号。The MIB is used to obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell.
  12. 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一消息中还包括切换条件的信息的情况下，所述终端设备获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号，包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, characterized in that, when the first message also includes information on the switching condition, the terminal device obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, including:
    所述终端设备在接收到所述第一消息时，与所述目标小区进行下行同步并获取所述目标小区的主信息块MIB，所述MIB用于获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号；或者，When receiving the first message, the terminal device performs downlink synchronization with the target cell and obtains the master information block MIB of the target cell, where the MIB is used to obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell; or,
    所述终端设备确定源小区和所述目标小区之间的定时差，并根据承载所述第一消息的第三系统帧和所述定时差确定所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号。The terminal device determines the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell, and determines the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell based on the third system frame carrying the first message and the timing difference.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备确定所述源小区和所述目标小区之间的定时差，包括：The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the terminal device determines the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell, comprising:
    所述时差为预定义的；或者，The time difference is predefined; or,
    所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的指示所述定时差的信息；或者，The terminal device receives information indicating the timing difference from the network device; or,
    所述终端设备测量所述目标小区的信号，根据所述测量结果确定所述定时差；或者，The terminal device measures a signal of the target cell and determines the timing difference according to the measurement result; or
    所述切换条件的信息指示基于时间的切换条件，所述基于时间的切换条件包括第一时刻，所述第一时刻对应的源小区的系统帧以及所述第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧用于确定所述定时差。The information of the switching condition indicates a time-based switching condition, and the time-based switching condition includes a first moment, a system frame of a source cell corresponding to the first moment, and a system frame of a target cell corresponding to the first moment are used to determine the timing difference.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧的帧号携带在所述第一消息中；或者，The method according to claim 13, characterized in that the frame number of the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment is carried in the first message; or,
    所述方法还包括：The method further comprises:
    所述终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二消息，所述第二消息中包括所述第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧号的帧号。 The terminal device receives a second message from the network device, where the second message includes the frame number of the system frame number of the target cell corresponding to the first moment.
  15. 一种通信的装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, comprising:
    接收单元，用于接收来自网络设备的第一消息，所述第一消息中包括目标小区的标识、所述目标小区对应的第一星历信息和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一系统帧的帧号；A receiving unit, configured to receive a first message from a network device, wherein the first message includes an identifier of a target cell, first ephemeris information corresponding to the target cell, and first indication information, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate a frame number of a first system frame;
    处理单元，用于获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号；A processing unit, configured to obtain a frame number of a second system frame corresponding to the target cell;
    所述处理单元还用于根据所述第一系统帧的帧号和所述第二系统帧的帧号是否相同确定所述第一星历信息的第一生效时刻。The processing unit is further configured to determine a first valid time of the first ephemeris information according to whether a frame number of the first system frame is the same as a frame number of the second system frame.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的装置，其特征在于，在所述第一系统帧的帧号和所述第二系统帧的帧号相同的情况下，所述第一星历信息的第一生效时刻为基于所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻，The apparatus according to claim 15, characterized in that, when the frame number of the first system frame and the frame number of the second system frame are the same, the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs,
    其中，所述第一子帧的帧号通过所述第一指示信息指示，所述第一子帧为所述第一系统帧中的一个子帧。The frame number of the first subframe is indicated by the first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于执行小区切换，并启动第一定时器，所述第一定时器的结束时刻由所述第一生效时刻和第一时长确定，所述第一时长由所述第一消息中包括的第一时长的信息确定，The device according to claim 16, characterized in that the processing unit is further used to perform cell switching and start a first timer, the end time of the first timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, and the first duration is determined by the information of the first duration included in the first message,
    其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第一定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第二时长，The duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the first timer is the second duration.
    在所述执行小区切换的时刻早于所述第一生效时刻的情况下，所述第二时长为所述第一时长和第一差值的和值，In the case where the time for executing the cell switching is earlier than the first effective time, the second duration is the sum of the first duration and the first difference,
    在所述执行小区切换的时刻晚于所述第一生效时刻的情况下，所述第二时长为所述第一时长和第一差值的差值，In the case where the time for executing the cell switching is later than the first effective time, the second duration is the difference between the first duration and the first difference.
    其中，所述第一差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第一生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。The first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the time of executing the cell switching and the first effective time.
  18. 根据权利要求15所述的装置，其特征在于，在所述第一系统帧的帧号和所述第二系统帧的帧号不同的情况下，所述处理单元还用于确定所述第一系统帧为所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第二系统帧之前的系统帧，所述第一星历信息的第一生效时刻为基于所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻；或者，The device according to claim 15 is characterized in that, when the frame number of the first system frame is different from the frame number of the second system frame, the processing unit is further used to determine that the first system frame is a system frame before the second system frame within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs, and the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and the first subframe within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs; or
    所述处理单元还用于确定所述第一系统帧为第一系统帧周期内的系统帧，所述第一系统帧周期为所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期相邻的前一个系统帧周期，所述第一星历信息的第一生效时刻为基于所述第一系统帧周期内所述第一系统帧和第一子帧确定的时刻，The processing unit is further configured to determine that the first system frame is a system frame within a first system frame period, the first system frame period is a previous system frame period adjacent to a system frame period to which the second system frame belongs, and the first effective time of the first ephemeris information is a time determined based on the first system frame and a first subframe within the first system frame period,
    其中，所述第一子帧的帧号通过所述第一指示信息指示，所述第一子帧为所述第一系统帧中的一个子帧。The frame number of the first subframe is indicated by the first indication information, and the first subframe is a subframe in the first system frame.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于执行小区切换，并启动第二定时器，所述第二定时器的结束时刻由所述第一生效时刻和第一时长确定，所述第一时长由所述第一消息中包括的第一时长的信息确定，The device according to claim 18, characterized in that the processing unit is further used to perform cell switching and start a second timer, the end time of the second timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, and the first duration is determined by the information of the first duration included in the first message,
    其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第二定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第三时长，所述第三时长为所述第一时长和第一差值的差值，所述第一差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第一生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。Among them, the duration between the moment of executing the cell switching and the end time of the second timer is the third duration, the third duration is the difference between the first duration and the first difference, and the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of executing the cell switching and the first effective time.
  20. 根据权利要求15所述的装置，其特征在于，在所述第一系统帧的帧号和所述第二系统帧的帧号不同的情况下，所述处理单元还用于确定所述第一系统帧为所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期内所述第二系统帧之后的系统帧；或者，The device according to claim 15, characterized in that, when the frame number of the first system frame is different from the frame number of the second system frame, the processing unit is further used to determine that the first system frame is a system frame after the second system frame within the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs; or
    所述处理单元还用于确定所述第一系统帧为第二系统帧周期内的系统帧，所述第二系统帧周期为所述第二系统帧所属的系统帧周期相邻的后一个系统帧周期。The processing unit is further configured to determine that the first system frame is a system frame within a second system frame period, and the second system frame period is a subsequent system frame period adjacent to the system frame period to which the second system frame belongs.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于执行小区切换，确定所述第一系统帧指示的时刻晚于所述执行小区切换的时刻；The device according to claim 20, characterized in that the processing unit is further used to perform cell switching, and determine that the time indicated by the first system frame is later than the time of performing cell switching;
    所述处理单元还用于获取所述目标小区的系统信息块，所述系统信息块中包括第二星历信息和第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示第三系统帧的帧号和第二子帧的帧号；The processing unit is further used to obtain a system information block of the target cell, where the system information block includes second ephemeris information and second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a frame number of a third system frame and a frame number of a second subframe;
    所述终端设备确定所述第二星历信息的第二生效时刻为所述第三系统帧和第二子帧确定的时刻。The terminal device determines that the second effective time of the second ephemeris information is the time determined by the third system frame and the second subframe.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的装置，其特征在于，在所述终端设备获取所述目标小区的系统信息块之前，所述处理单元还用于确定获取所述目标小区的系统信息块所需的时长小于时长门限；或者， The apparatus according to claim 21, characterized in that, before the terminal device obtains the system information block of the target cell, the processing unit is further used to determine that the duration required to obtain the system information block of the target cell is less than a duration threshold; or,
    所述处理单元还用于确定所述第一生效时刻与所述执行小区切换的时刻之间的时差大于获取所述目标小区的系统信息块所需的时长。The processing unit is further configured to determine that a time difference between the first validation time and the time for executing cell switching is greater than a time length required for acquiring a system information block of the target cell.
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于执行小区切换，并启动第三定时器，所述第三定时器的结束时刻由所述第二生效时刻和第四时长确定，所述第四时长由所述系统信息块中包括的第四时长的信息确定，The device according to claim 21 or 22, characterized in that the processing unit is further used to perform cell switching and start a third timer, the end time of the third timer is determined by the second effective time and a fourth duration, and the fourth duration is determined by the information of the fourth duration included in the system information block,
    其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第三定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第五时长，The duration between the time when the cell switching is performed and the end time of the third timer is the fifth duration.
    在所述执行小区切换的时刻早于所述第二生效时刻的情况下，所述第五时长为所述第四时长和第二差值的和值，In the case where the time for executing the cell switching is earlier than the second effective time, the fifth duration is the sum of the fourth duration and the second difference,
    在所述执行小区切换的时刻晚于所述第二生效时刻的情况下，所述第五时长为所述第四时长和第二差值的差值，In the case where the time for executing the cell switching is later than the second effective time, the fifth duration is the difference between the fourth duration and the second difference,
    其中，所述第二差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第二生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。The second difference is the absolute value of the difference between the time of executing the cell switching and the second effective time.
  24. 根据权利要求20所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于在执行小区切换时根据所述第一星历信息估计所述执行小区切换的时刻对应的第三星历信息，并启动第四定时器，所述第四定时器的结束时刻由所述第一生效时刻和第一时长确定，所述第一时长由所述第一消息中包括的第一时长的信息确定，The device according to claim 20 is characterized in that the processing unit is further used to estimate the third ephemeris information corresponding to the time of performing the cell switching according to the first ephemeris information when performing the cell switching, and start a fourth timer, the end time of the fourth timer is determined by the first effective time and the first duration, and the first duration is determined by the information of the first duration included in the first message,
    其中，所述执行小区切换的时刻与所述第四定时器的结束时刻之间的时长为第六时长，所述第六时长为所述第一时长和第一差值的和值，所述第一差值为所述执行小区切换的时刻和所述第一生效时刻之间的差值的绝对值。Among them, the duration between the moment of executing the cell switching and the end moment of the fourth timer is the sixth duration, the sixth duration is the sum of the first duration and the first difference, and the first difference is the absolute value of the difference between the moment of executing the cell switching and the first effective moment.
  25. 根据权利要求15至24中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，在所述第一消息用于指示所述终端设备从源小区切换至所述目标小区的情况下，所述处理单元获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号，包括：The apparatus according to any one of claims 15 to 24, characterized in that, when the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from the source cell to the target cell, the processing unit obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, including:
    所述处理单元在执行切换时，与所述目标小区进行下行同步并获取所述目标小区的主信息块MIB，When performing the handover, the processing unit performs downlink synchronization with the target cell and obtains the master information block MIB of the target cell,
    其中，所述MIB用于获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号。The MIB is used to obtain the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell.
  26. 根据权利要求15至24中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，在所述第一消息中还包括切换条件的信息的情况下，所述处理单元获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号，包括：The device according to any one of claims 15 to 24, characterized in that, when the first message also includes information on the switching condition, the processing unit obtains the frame number of the second system frame corresponding to the target cell, comprising:
    所述处理单元在接收到所述第一消息时，与所述目标小区进行下行同步并获取所述目标小区的主信息块MIB，所述MIB用于获取所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号；或者，When receiving the first message, the processing unit performs downlink synchronization with the target cell and obtains a master information block MIB of the target cell, where the MIB is used to obtain a frame number of a second system frame corresponding to the target cell; or
    所述处理单元确定源小区和所述目标小区之间的定时差，并根据承载所述第一消息的第三系统帧和所述定时差确定所述目标小区对应的第二系统帧的帧号。The processing unit determines a timing difference between the source cell and the target cell, and determines a frame number of a second system frame corresponding to the target cell according to a third system frame carrying the first message and the timing difference.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元确定所述源小区和所述目标小区之间的定时差，包括：The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein the processing unit determines the timing difference between the source cell and the target cell, comprising:
    所述时差为预定义的；或者，The time difference is predefined; or,
    所述接收单元接收来自所述网络设备的指示所述定时差的信息；或者，The receiving unit receives information indicating the timing difference from the network device; or,
    所述处理单元测量所述目标小区的信号，根据所述测量结果确定所述定时差；或者，The processing unit measures the signal of the target cell and determines the timing difference according to the measurement result; or
    所述切换条件的信息指示基于时间的切换条件，所述基于时间的切换条件包括第一时刻，所述第一时刻对应的源小区的系统帧以及所述第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧用于确定所述定时差。The information of the switching condition indicates a time-based switching condition, and the time-based switching condition includes a first moment, a system frame of a source cell corresponding to the first moment, and a system frame of a target cell corresponding to the first moment are used to determine the timing difference.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧的帧号携带在所述第一消息中；或者，The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein the frame number of the system frame of the target cell corresponding to the first moment is carried in the first message; or
    所述接收单元还用于收来自网络设备的第二消息，所述第二消息中包括所述第一时刻对应的目标小区的系统帧号的帧号。The receiving unit is further configured to receive a second message from the network device, wherein the second message includes a frame number of a system frame number of the target cell corresponding to the first moment.
  29. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：A communication device, comprising:
    存储器，用于存储计算机程序；Memory for storing computer programs;
    处理器，用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使得所述通信装置执行权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法。A processor, configured to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
  30. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时，如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer instructions are run on a computer, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 14 is executed.
  31. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，所述计算机程序产品包括用于执行如权利要求1至14中 任一项所述的方法的指令。 A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product comprises a computer program for executing the method according to claims 1 to 14 Instructions of any of the methods described above.
PCT/CN2023/103795 2022-09-30 2023-06-29 Communication method and communication apparatus WO2024066574A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211214688.4 2022-09-30
CN202211214688.4A CN117812648A (en) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 Communication method and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024066574A1 true WO2024066574A1 (en) 2024-04-04

Family

ID=90418807

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/103795 WO2024066574A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2023-06-29 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117812648A (en)
WO (1) WO2024066574A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111867040A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-10-30 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment
CN113131983A (en) * 2019-12-30 2021-07-16 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Indication method and device
WO2021190526A1 (en) * 2020-03-27 2021-09-30 华为技术有限公司 Satellite ephemeris update method and communication apparatus
CN114868434A (en) * 2022-03-31 2022-08-05 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and device for determining effective time
US20220291394A1 (en) * 2021-03-11 2022-09-15 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for handling ephemeris information for a ntn cell in a wireless communication system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111867040A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-10-30 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment
CN113131983A (en) * 2019-12-30 2021-07-16 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Indication method and device
WO2021190526A1 (en) * 2020-03-27 2021-09-30 华为技术有限公司 Satellite ephemeris update method and communication apparatus
US20220291394A1 (en) * 2021-03-11 2022-09-15 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for handling ephemeris information for a ntn cell in a wireless communication system
CN114868434A (en) * 2022-03-31 2022-08-05 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and device for determining effective time

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
APPLE: "Uplink Time and Frequency Synchronization for NR NTN", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2111871, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20211111 - 20211119, 6 November 2021 (2021-11-06), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP052075127 *
NTT DOCOMO, INC.: "Discussion on UL time and frequency synchronization enhancements for NTN", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2112105, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20211111 - 20211019, 5 November 2021 (2021-11-05), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP052074385 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117812648A (en) 2024-04-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN115804205A (en) Switching method, terminal equipment and network equipment
US20240031965A1 (en) Information transmission method, terminal device, and network device
JP7441960B2 (en) Information transmission methods, terminal equipment and network equipment
US10849099B2 (en) Method and device in UE and base station for wireless communication
CN113518420B (en) Communication method and communication device
EP4224952A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
EP4160946A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
WO2024027613A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023185615A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023160381A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023169131A1 (en) Positioning method, apparatus, and computer-readable storage medium
WO2024066574A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023050094A1 (en) Information indication method, first access network device, and core network element
WO2022067528A1 (en) Channel transmission method, terminal device and network device
WO2022011682A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
CN114467316B (en) Communication method and communication device
CN114071667A (en) Communication method, communication device and system
WO2023205938A1 (en) Communication method, terminal, and network device
WO2024114794A1 (en) Random access resource determination method and communication apparatus
WO2024040393A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, access network device, and core network device
WO2023131088A1 (en) Information transmission method, apparatus, and medium
WO2022236965A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2023077456A1 (en) Random access method, terminal device, and network device
WO2024041424A1 (en) Communication methods and communication apparatus
WO2024037178A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23869822

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1